TW201634592A - Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, manufacturing method for color filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and polymer - Google Patents

Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, manufacturing method for color filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and polymer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201634592A
TW201634592A TW105105754A TW105105754A TW201634592A TW 201634592 A TW201634592 A TW 201634592A TW 105105754 A TW105105754 A TW 105105754A TW 105105754 A TW105105754 A TW 105105754A TW 201634592 A TW201634592 A TW 201634592A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
rtp
compound
formula
anion
Prior art date
Application number
TW105105754A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI739735B (en
Inventor
Makoto Fukuda
Akinori Fujita
Shuichiro Osada
Akio Katayama
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201634592A publication Critical patent/TW201634592A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI739735B publication Critical patent/TWI739735B/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/10—Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
    • C09B11/12—Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes without any OH group bound to an aryl nucleus
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00—Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10—Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/04—Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes derived from triarylmethanes, i.e. central C-atom is substituted by amino, cyano, alkyl
    • C09B11/10—Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes
    • C09B11/12—Amino derivatives of triarylmethanes without any OH group bound to an aryl nucleus
    • C09B11/20—Preparation from other triarylmethane derivatives, e.g. by substitution, by replacement of substituents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00—Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/02—Dyestuff salts, e.g. salts of acid dyes with basic dyes
    • C09B69/06—Dyestuff salts, e.g. salts of acid dyes with basic dyes of cationic dyes with organic acids or with inorganic complex acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00—Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10—Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/103—Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing a diaryl- or triarylmethane dye
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters
    • G02B5/201—Filters in the form of arrays
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters
    • G02B5/22—Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223—Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005—Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007—Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0388—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable with ethylenic or acetylenic bands in the side chains of the photopolymer
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105—Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26—Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Epoxy Resins (AREA)
  • Photosensitive Polymer And Photoresist Processing (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a coloring composition having excellent heat resistance and solvent resistance, a cured film, a color filter, a manufacturing method for the color filter, a solid state imaging element, an image display device and a polymer. The coloring composition contains a polymerizable compound, and a polymer TP which includes a repeating unit A, which has a triarylmethane structure, and a repeating unit B, which has a crosslinking group. The polymer TP has a weight average molecular mass of 3,000 to 500,000. The content of the compound A, which has a triarylmethane structure and a weight average molecular mass of not more than 1500, is not more than 20 mass% with respect to the mass of the polymer TP.

Description

著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及聚合物Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer

本發明是有關於一種著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及聚合物。The present invention relates to a coloring composition, a cured film, a color filter, a method of producing a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a polymer.

著色組成物用於彩色濾光片等的製造。 近年來，彩色濾光片於液晶顯示元件用途中存在如下的傾向：不僅用於監視器，而且用途擴大至電視機。伴隨該用途擴大的傾向，對於彩色濾光片而言，於色度、對比度等方面要求高度的顏色特性。另外，於影像感測器（固體攝像元件）用途的彩色濾光片中，亦同様地開始要求顏色不均的減少、顏色解析度的提昇等顏色特性的進一步的提昇。 於專利文獻1、專利文獻2中揭示有一種包含具有三芳基甲烷結構的化合物的著色組成物。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]The coloring composition is used for the production of a color filter or the like. In recent years, color filters have a tendency to be used for liquid crystal display elements, not only for monitors but also for use in televisions. Along with the tendency to expand the use, color filters are required to have high color characteristics in terms of chromaticity, contrast, and the like. In addition, in the color filter used for the image sensor (solid-state imaging device), the color characteristics such as reduction in color unevenness and improvement in color resolution are further required to be further improved. Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 disclose a coloring composition comprising a compound having a triarylmethane structure. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]美國專利申請公開第2013/0141810號說明書 [專利文獻2]國際公開第2013/176383號[Patent Document 1] US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0141810 [Patent Document 2] International Publication No. 2013/176383

[發明所欲解決之課題]     用於彩色濾光片等的著色組成物需要可形成耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的膜者。 但是，專利文獻1、專利文獻2中所揭示的著色組成物的耐熱性及耐溶劑性並不充分。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] A colored composition for a color filter or the like needs to be formed into a film excellent in heat resistance and solvent resistance. However, the heat-resistant and solvent-resistant properties of the colored composition disclosed in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 are not sufficient.

因此，本發明的目的在於提供一種耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及聚合物。 [解決課題之手段]Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition, a cured film, a color filter, a method for producing a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a polymer which are excellent in heat resistance and solvent resistance. [Means for solving the problem]

本發明者基於所述狀況而進行努力研究的結果，發現藉由使用如下的的聚合物，可達成所述目的，從而完成了本發明，所述聚合物包含具有三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A、及具有交聯性基的重複單元B，重量平均分子量為3000～500000，且重量平均分子量為1500以下的具有三芳基甲烷結構的化合物的含量為20質量%以下。本發明提供以下者。 ＜1＞ 一種著色組成物，其包括聚合物TP與聚合性化合物，所述聚合物TP包含至少一種具有選自通式（TP1）、及通式（TP2）中的三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A，及具有交聯性基的重複單元B， 聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為3000～500000，相對於聚合物TP的質量，具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下； [化1]通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；Rtp5 、Rtp6 、Rtp8 、Rtp9 及Rtp11 分別獨立地表示取代基；Rtp7 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp71 Rtp72 ；Rtp71 及Rtp72 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；Rtp10 表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；a、b、c及d分別獨立地表示0～4的整數；當a、b、c及d為2以上時，Rtp5 、Rtp6 、Rtp8 及Rtp9 中的2個可相互連結而形成環；X表示陰離子，或者不存在X且Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個包含陰離子；Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的任一者表示與重複單元A的鍵結部位。 ＜2＞ 如＜1＞所述的著色組成物，其中相對於聚合物TP的質量，聚合物TP的化合物A的含量為10質量%以下。 ＜3＞ 如＜1＞或＜2＞所述的著色組成物，其中聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為10000～50000。 ＜4＞ 如＜1＞至＜3＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其中重複單元B所具有的交聯性基為選自含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、噁唑啉基、由-C-O-R所表示的基及碳酸酯基中的至少一種；其中，R表示氫原子或碳數1～20的烷基。 ＜5＞ 如＜1＞至＜4＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其中X自具有選自氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、硼酸鹽陰離子、PF6- 及SbF6- 中的至少一種陰離子，以及選自-SO3 - 、-COO- 、-PO4 - 、由下述通式（A1）所表示的結構及由下述通式（A2）所表示的結構中的至少一種結構的化合物中選擇； 通式（A1） [化2]通式（A1）中，R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -或-CO-； 通式（A2） [化3]通式（A2）中，R3 表示-SO2 -或-CO-；R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -、-CO-或-CN。 ＜6＞ 如＜1＞至＜5＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其中X為含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物。 ＜7＞ 如＜1＞至＜6＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其中X為含有交聯性基的化合物。 ＜8＞ 如＜1＞至＜7＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其中X為含有具有陰離子部位的重複單元的聚合物。 ＜9＞ 如＜1＞至＜4＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其中通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個經通式（P）所表示的基取代； 通式（P） [化4]通式（P）中，L表示單鍵或二價的連結基，X1 自選自-SO3 - 、-COO- 、-PO4 - 、含有由下述通式（A1）所表示的結構的基及含有由下述通式（A2）所表示的結構的基中的至少一種中選擇； 通式（A1） [化5]通式（A1）中，R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -或-CO-； 通式（A2） [化6]通式（A2）中，R3 表示-SO2 -或-CO-；R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -、-CO-或-CN。 ＜10＞ 如＜1＞至＜9＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其中重複單元A所具有的三芳基甲烷結構由下述通式（TP3）表示； [化7]通式（TP3）中，Rtp21 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基；Rtp22 分別獨立地表示碳數6～10的芳基，Rtp71 表示烷基或芳基；X表示陰離子，或者不存在X且Rtp21 、Rtp22 及Rtp71 的至少一個包含陰離子；Rtp21 、Rtp22 及Rtp71 的任一者表示與重複單元A的鍵結部位。 ＜11＞ 如＜1＞至＜10＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其中重複單元A由下述通式（TP3-1）表示； [化8]通式（TP3-1）中，Rtp21 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基，Rtp22 分別獨立地表示碳數6～10的芳基，Rtp71a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基；L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基，Rtp31 表示氫原子或甲基；X表示陰離子、或者不存在X且Rtp21 及Rtp22 的至少一個包含陰離子。 ＜12＞ 如＜1＞至＜11＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其中重複單元A由下述通式（TP3-2）表示； [化9]通式（TP3-2）中，Rtp21 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基，Rtp24 分別獨立地表示碳數1～4的烷基，Rtp25 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～3的烷基，Rtp71a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基；Rtp31 表示氫原子或甲基；L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基；X表示陰離子、或者不存在X且Rtp21 及Rtp22 的至少一個包含陰離子。 ＜13＞ 如＜1＞至＜12＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其中聚合物TP含有源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元。 ＜14＞ 如＜1＞至＜13＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其包括選自呫噸化合物、二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物、二噁嗪化合物及酞菁化合物中的至少一種。 ＜15＞ 如＜1＞至＜14＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其包括光聚合起始劑。 ＜16＞ 如＜1＞至＜15＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其包括雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽。 ＜17＞ 如＜1＞至＜16＞中任一項所述的著色組成物，其用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。 ＜18＞ 一種硬化膜，其是使如＜1＞至＜17＞中任一項所述的著色組成物硬化而形成。 ＜19＞ 一種彩色濾光片，其包括如＜18＞所述的硬化膜。 ＜20＞ 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法，其包括：使用如＜1＞至＜17＞中任一項所述的著色組成物來形成著色組成物層的步驟；將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟；以及將著色組成物層的未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 ＜21＞ 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法，其包括：使用如＜1＞至＜17＞中任一項所述的著色組成物來形成著色組成物層，並進行硬化而形成著色層的步驟；於著色層上形成光阻劑層的步驟；藉由進行曝光及顯影來對光阻劑層進行圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟；以及將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟。 ＜22＞ 一種固體攝像元件，其包括如＜19＞所述的彩色濾光片。 ＜23＞ 一種圖像顯示裝置，其包括如＜19＞所述的彩色濾光片。 ＜24＞ 一種聚合物，其包括由下述通式（TP-7）所表示的重複單元，聚合物的重量平均分子量為3000～500000，相對於聚合物的質量，具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下； [化10]通式（TP-7）中，R1 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基，R4 表示氫原子或甲基，R1a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基，L11 表示單鍵、或碳數1～30的二價的連結基；L12 及L13 表示單鍵、或碳數1～30的二價的連結基；R2 表示碳數1～10的烴基；R3 表示交聯性基；X表示含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物；a～d為重複單元的質量比，a及d表示超過0的數，b及c分別獨立地表示0以上的數。 [發明的效果]As a result of intensive studies based on the above-described conditions, the present inventors have found that the object can be attained by using a polymer comprising a repeating unit A having a triarylmethane structure. The repeating unit B having a crosslinkable group has a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 500,000, and the content of the compound having a triarylmethane structure having a weight average molecular weight of 1,500 or less is 20% by mass or less. The present invention provides the following. <1> A coloring composition comprising a polymer TP and a polymerizable compound, the polymer TP comprising at least one repeating unit having a triarylmethane structure selected from the group consisting of the formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2) A, and the repeating unit B having a crosslinkable group, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP is from 3,000 to 500,000, and the content of the compound A having a triarylmethane structure having a weight average molecular weight of 1,500 or less relative to the mass of the polymer TP 20% by mass or less; [Chemical 1] In the general formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substitution. Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; , b, c, and d each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; when a, b, c, and d are 2 or more, two of Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , and Rtp 9 may be linked to each other to form a ring. ; X represents an anion, or X and Rtp absent 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 and Rtp least one contains an anionic 72; Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, any one Rtp 71 is and Rtp 72 represents the bond with the repeating unit a Part. <2> The colored composition according to <1>, wherein the content of the compound A of the polymer TP is 10% by mass or less based on the mass of the polymer TP. <3> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the polymer TP has a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 50,000. The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <3> wherein the repeating unit B has a crosslinkable group selected from a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxy group, and an oxygen group. At least one of a heterocyclic butyl group, an oxazoline group, a group represented by -COR, and a carbonate group; wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <4> wherein X is selected from the group consisting of a fluoride anion, a chloride anion, a bromine anion, an iodine anion, a cyanide ion, a perchlorate anion, and a boric acid. At least one anion of a salt anion, PF 6- and SbF 6- , and a structure selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , represented by the following formula (A1), and Among the compounds of at least one structure among the structures represented by the formula (A2); the formula (A1) [Chemical 2] In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-; formula (A2) [Chemical 3] In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-; and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN. <6> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <5, wherein X is a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion, a tris(sulfonyl) methide anion or a sulfonate Anionic compound. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <6> wherein X is a compound containing a crosslinkable group. <8> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <7> wherein X is a polymer containing a repeating unit having an anionic moiety. The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 in the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2) Substituted by a group represented by the formula (P); formula (P) [Chemical 4] In the formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and X 1 is selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , and a structure represented by the following formula (A1) And a group containing at least one of the groups represented by the following formula (A2); Formula (A1) [Chemical 5] In the general formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-; general formula (A2) [Chemical 6] In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-; and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN. The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <9> wherein the triarylmethane structure of the repeating unit A is represented by the following formula (TP3); In the formula (TP3), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and Rtp 71 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group; An anion is indicated, or X is absent and at least one of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 comprises an anion; any of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 represents a bonding site with repeating unit A. The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10> wherein the repeating unit A is represented by the following formula (TP3-1); In the formula (TP3-1), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and Rtp 71a represents an alkyl group or a stretching group. An aryl group; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; X represents an anion, or X is absent and at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion. The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <11> wherein the repeating unit A is represented by the following formula (TP3-2); In the formula (TP3-2), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and Rtp 24 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and Rtp 25 independently represents a hydrogen atom. Or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group; Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; X represents an anion, or X is absent. And at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion. The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <12> wherein the polymer TP contains (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid ester, and (meth)acrylamide. At least one repeating unit. The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <13> which is selected from the group consisting of a xanthene compound, a dipyrromethene metal compound, a dioxazine compound, and a phthalocyanine compound. At least one. <15> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <14> which comprises a photopolymerization initiator. <16> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <15> which comprises a bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imide salt. <17> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <16> which is used for forming a coloring layer of a color filter. <18> A cured film formed by curing the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <17>. <19> A color filter comprising the cured film according to <18>. <20> A method of producing a color filter, comprising: forming a colored composition layer using the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <17>; exposing the colored composition layer to a step of patterning; and a step of developing and removing the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer to form a colored pattern. <21> A method of producing a color filter, comprising the step of forming a colored composition layer using the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <17>, and hardening to form a colored layer a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; a step of patterning the photoresist layer by performing exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and coloring the resist pattern as an etch mask The layer is subjected to a step of dry etching. <22> A solid-state image pickup element comprising the color filter according to <19>. <23> An image display device comprising the color filter of <19>. <24> A polymer comprising a repeating unit represented by the following formula (TP-7), the weight average molecular weight of the polymer being from 3,000 to 500,000, and having a weight of a triarylmethane structure relative to the mass of the polymer The content of the compound A having an average molecular weight of 1,500 or less is 20% by mass or less; [Chemical 10] In the formula (TP-7), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 1a represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group, and L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; L 12 and L 13 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; and R 2 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; 3 represents a crosslinkable group; X represents a compound containing a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion, a tris(sulfonyl) methide anion or a sulfonate anion; a to d are mass ratios of repeating units, a and d represents a number exceeding 0, and b and c each independently represent a number of 0 or more. [Effects of the Invention]

根據本發明，可提供一種耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的著色組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件、圖像顯示裝置及聚合物。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring composition, a cured film, a color filter, a method for producing a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, and a polymer which are excellent in heat resistance and solvent resistance.

以下，對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。 再者，於本說明書中，「～」是以包含其前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的含義來使用。 於本說明書中，所謂總固體成分，是指自著色組成物的總組成中去除溶劑後的成分的總質量。 於本說明書中的基（原子團）的表述中，未記載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具有取代基的基（原子團），並且亦包含具有取代基的基（原子團）。例如，所謂「烷基」，不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基（未經取代的烷基），亦包含具有取代基的烷基（經取代的烷基）。 所謂本說明書中的「放射線」，例如是指水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線（極紫外（Extreme Ultraviolet，EUV）光）、X射線、電子束等。另外，於本發明中，所謂光是指光化射線或放射線。 只要事先無特別說明，則所謂本說明書中的「曝光」不僅是指利用水銀燈、以準分子雷射為代表的遠紫外線、X射線、EUV光等進行的曝光，利用電子束、離子束等粒子束進行的描繪亦包含於曝光中。 於本說明書中，「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯兩者、或任一者，「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸兩者、或任一者，「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基兩者、或任一者。 本說明書中的單體有別於寡聚物及聚合物，是指重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。 於本說明書中，所謂聚合性化合物，是指具有聚合性官能基的化合物。所謂聚合性官能基，是指參與聚合反應的基。 於本說明書中，化學式中的Me表示甲基，Et表示乙基，Pr表示丙基，Bu表示丁基，Ph表示苯基。 於本說明書中，「步驟」這一用語不僅是指獨立的步驟，即便在無法與其他步驟明確地加以區分的情況下，只要達成該步驟的預期的作用，則亦包含於本用語中。 只要無特別敍述，則本發明中的重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量是以藉由凝膠滲透層析法（Gel Permeation Chromatography，GPC）測定的聚苯乙烯換算值來定義。Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In the present specification, "~" is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after are included as the lower limit and the upper limit. In the present specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components after the solvent is removed from the total composition of the coloring composition. In the expression of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the substituted and unsubstituted expressions are not described as including a group having no substituent (atomic group), and also a group having a substituent (atomic group). For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). The term "radiation" in the present specification means, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, a far ultraviolet ray represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet ray (Extreme Ultraviolet (EUV) light), an X-ray, an electron beam, or the like. Further, in the present invention, the term "light" means actinic rays or radiation. The "exposure" in the present specification means not only exposure by a mercury lamp, far-ultraviolet light represented by a pseudo-molecular laser, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also by means of electron beams, ion beams, or the like, unless otherwise specified. The depiction of the bundle is also included in the exposure. In the present specification, "(meth) acrylate" means either or both of acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. The "(meth)acryloyl group" means either or both of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group. The monomer in the present specification is different from the oligomer and the polymer, and means a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the term "polymerizable compound" means a compound having a polymerizable functional group. The polymerizable functional group means a group which participates in a polymerization reaction. In the present specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Pr represents a propyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In the present specification, the term "step" means not only an independent step, but even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, it is included in the term as long as the intended effect of the step is achieved. The weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight in the present invention are defined by polystyrene-converted values measured by Gel Permeation Chromatography (GPC) unless otherwise specified.

＜著色組成物＞ 本發明的著色組成物包括聚合物TP與聚合性化合物，所述聚合物TP包含後述的具有三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A、及具有交聯性基的重複單元B，聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為3000～500000，相對於聚合物TP的質量，具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下。 藉由設為此種構成，可提供耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的著色組成物。進而，亦可形成電壓保持率良好的膜。作為獲得此種效果的機制，可認為藉由使用所述聚合物TP，於形成膜時，聚合物TP難以自膜中溶出，耐溶劑性及耐熱性提昇。以下，對本發明的著色組成物的各成分進行詳細說明。<Coloring Composition> The coloring composition of the present invention includes a polymer TP containing a repeating unit A having a triarylmethane structure and a repeating unit B having a crosslinkable group, and a polymerizable compound, which is polymerized. The weight average molecular weight of the material TP is 3,000 to 500,000, and the content of the compound A having a triarylmethane structure and having a weight average molecular weight of 1,500 or less is 20% by mass or less based on the mass of the polymer TP. With such a configuration, it is possible to provide a coloring composition excellent in heat resistance and solvent resistance. Further, a film having a good voltage holding ratio can also be formed. As a mechanism for obtaining such an effect, it is considered that when the film is formed by using the polymer TP, the polymer TP is hardly eluted from the film, and solvent resistance and heat resistance are improved. Hereinafter, each component of the coloring composition of the present invention will be described in detail.

＜＜聚合物TP＞＞ ＜＜＜重複單元A＞＞＞ 聚合物TP包含具有三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A。 重複單元A較佳為由下述通式（A）所表示的結構。於聚合物TP的所有重複單元中，較佳為含有1質量%～99質量%的重複單元A。上限更佳為95質量%以下，進而更佳為90質量%以下。下限更佳為5質量%以上。若重複單元A的含量為所述範圍，則色價變得更良好。 [化11]通式（A）中，X1 表示重複單元的主鏈。L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基。DyeI表示由後述的通式（TP1）、或通式（TP2）所表示的三芳基甲烷結構。 通式（A）中，X1 表示重複單元的主鏈，通常表示藉由聚合反應所形成的連結基，例如較佳為源自具有(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基、醚基的化合物的主鏈。另外，具有主鏈環狀的伸烷基的形態亦較佳。再者，以由2個*所表示的部位與其他重複單元進行鍵結。 作為X1 ，只要是自公知的可進行聚合的單體所形成的連結基，則並無特別限制，但尤其較佳為由下述（XX-1）～下述（XX-24）所表示的連結基，更佳為選自由（XX-1）及（XX-2）所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、由（XX-10）～（XX-17）所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈、由（XX-18）及（XX-19）以及（XX-24）所表示的乙烯基系連結鏈，進而更佳為選自由（XX-1）及（XX-2）所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、由（XX-10）～（XX-17）所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈、由（XX-24）所表示的乙烯基系連結鏈，特佳為由（XX-1）及（XX-2）所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈及由（XX-11）所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈。 （XX-1）～（XX-24）中，表示以由*所表示的部位與L1進行連結。Me表示甲基。另外，（XX-18）及（XX-19）中的R表示氫原子、碳數1～5的烷基或苯基。<<Polymer TP>><<<Repeating Unit A>>> The polymer TP contains a repeating unit A having a triarylmethane structure. The repeating unit A is preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (A). Among all the repeating units of the polymer TP, it is preferred to contain 1% by mass to 99% by mass of the repeating unit A. The upper limit is more preferably 95% by mass or less, and still more preferably 90% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 5% by mass or more. If the content of the repeating unit A is within the above range, the color value becomes more favorable. [11] In the formula (A), X 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit. L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. DyeI represents a triarylmethane structure represented by the following formula (TP1) or formula (TP2). In the formula (A), X 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit, and generally represents a linking group formed by a polymerization reaction, and is preferably derived, for example, from a (meth)acrylic group, a styryl group, a vinyl group, an ether group. The backbone of the base compound. Further, a form having an alkyl group having a main chain ring is also preferred. Further, the portion indicated by two * is bonded to other repeating units. X 1 is not particularly limited as long as it is a linking group formed from a monomer which can be polymerized, but it is particularly preferably represented by the following (XX-1) to (XX-24) below. More preferably, the linking group is selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic linking chains represented by (XX-1) and (XX-2) and styrene represented by (XX-10) to (XX-17). The linking chain, the vinyl-based linking chain represented by (XX-18) and (XX-19) and (XX-24), and more preferably selected from the group consisting of (XX-1) and (XX-2) (meth)acrylic linking chain, a styrene-based linking chain represented by (XX-10) to (XX-17), and a vinyl-based linking chain represented by (XX-24), particularly preferably The (meth)acrylic linking chain represented by XX-1) and (XX-2) and the styrene-based linking chain represented by (XX-11). (XX-1) to (XX-24) indicate that the portion indicated by * is connected to L1. Me represents a methyl group. Further, R in (XX-18) and (XX-19) represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.

[化12] [化12]

當L1 表示二價的連結基時，較佳為伸烷基、伸芳基、雜環基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO2 -及將該些的2個以上組合而成的連結基。此處，R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。 伸烷基的碳數較佳為1～30。上限更佳為25以下，進而更佳為20以下。下限更佳為2以上，進而更佳為3以上。伸烷基可為直鏈、分支、環狀的任一種。 伸芳基的碳數較佳為6～20，更佳為6～12。 L1 較佳為伸烷基、伸芳基、-NH-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-及將該些的2個以上組合而成的連結基，更佳為伸烷基、伸芳基以及將該些與選自-O-、-COO-及-OCO-中的一種以上組合而成的二價的基，進而更佳為伸烷基，或伸烷基彼此經由選自-O-、-COO-及-OCO-中的一種以上連結而成的連結基。 L1 較佳為構成將X1 與DyeI連接的鏈的原子的數量為1以上，更佳為2以上，進而更佳為3以上，特佳為5以上。上限例如較佳為20以下。根據該形態，於合成聚合物TP時，可有效地抑制未反應或反應並不充分的低分子的三芳基甲烷化合物。例如，於以下的情況下，構成將X1 與DyeI連接的鏈的原子的數量為10個。再者，一併記載於結構式中的數字為構成將X1 與DyeI連接的鏈的原子的數量。When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, it is preferably an alkyl group, an extended aryl group, a heterocyclic group, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -NR-, -CONR. -, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 - and a linking group of two or more of these. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 30. The upper limit is more preferably 25 or less, and still more preferably 20 or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 or more, and still more preferably 3 or more. The alkylene group may be any of a straight chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 12. L 1 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, -NH-, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, and a linking group of two or more of these, more preferably An alkyl group, an aryl group, and a divalent group selected from the group consisting of one or more selected from the group consisting of -O-, -COO-, and -OCO-, and more preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl group. A linking group which is linked to one or more selected from the group consisting of -O-, -COO-, and -OCO-. L 1 is preferably such that the number of atoms constituting the chain connecting X 1 and DyeI is 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, and particularly preferably 5 or more. The upper limit is preferably, for example, 20 or less. According to this aspect, when the polymer TP is synthesized, a low molecular triarylmethane compound which is not reacted or which is insufficient in reaction can be effectively suppressed. For example, in the following case, the number of atoms constituting the chain connecting X 1 and DyeI is ten. Further, the number recited in the structural formula is the number of atoms constituting the chain connecting X 1 and DyeI.

[化13] [Chemistry 13]

再者，當L1 表示單鍵時，X1 與通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中的Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的任一者進行鍵結，較佳為與Rtp71 或Rtp72 進行鍵結。 當L1 表示二價的連結基時，L1 與通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中的Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的任一者進行鍵結，較佳為與Rtp71 或Rtp72 進行鍵結。Further, when L 1 represents a single bond, X 1 is bonded to any one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 in the formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), preferably Rtp 71 or Rtp 72 is bonded. When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, L 1 is bonded to any one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 in the formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), preferably Rtp 71 or Rtp 72 is bonded.

＜＜＜＜三芳基甲烷結構＞＞＞＞ 其次，對重複單元A所具有的三芳基甲烷結構進行說明。 重複單元A具有選自通式（TP1）、及通式（TP2）中的三芳基甲烷結構。 [化14]通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；Rtp5 、Rtp6 、Rtp8 、Rtp9 及Rtp11 分別獨立地表示取代基；Rtp7 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp71 Rtp72 ；Rtp71 及Rtp72 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；Rtp10 表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；a、b、c及d分別獨立地表示0～4的整數；當a、b、c及d為2以上時，Rtp5 、Rtp6 、Rtp8 及Rtp9 中的2個可相互連結而形成環；X表示陰離子，或者不存在X且Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個包含陰離子；Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的任一者表示與重複單元A的鍵結部位。<<<<Triarylmethane structure>>>> Next, the structure of the triarylmethane of the repeating unit A will be described. The repeating unit A has a triarylmethane structure selected from the formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2). [Chemistry 14] In the general formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substitution. Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; , b, c, and d each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; when a, b, c, and d are 2 or more, two of Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , and Rtp 9 may be linked to each other to form a ring. ; X represents an anion, or X and Rtp absent 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 and Rtp least one contains an anionic 72; Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, any one Rtp 71 is and Rtp 72 represents the bond with the repeating unit a Part.

通式（TP1）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。較佳為Rtp1 及Rtp2 的任一者為烷基，另一者為芳基。較佳為Rtp3 及Rtp4 的任一者為烷基，另一者為芳基。In the formula (TP1), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. Preferably, any of Rtp 1 and Rtp 2 is an alkyl group and the other is an aryl group. Preferably, any of Rtp 3 and Rtp 4 is an alkyl group and the other is an aryl group.

烷基的碳數較佳為1～10，更佳為1～5，進而更佳為1～3。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種，但較佳為直鏈狀或分支狀。烷基較佳為未經取代。作為取代基，可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。 芳基的碳數較佳為6～18，更佳為6～12，進而更佳為6。作為芳基可具有的取代基，可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched. The alkyl group is preferably unsubstituted. The substituent which is listed in the item of the substituent group A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12, still more preferably 6. Examples of the substituent which the aryl group may have include the substituents listed in the substituent group A which will be described later.

通式（TP1）中，Rtp7 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp71 Rtp72 ，較佳為氫原子或NRtp71 Rtp72 ，更佳為NRtp71 Rtp72 。 烷基的碳數較佳為1～10，更佳為1～5，進而更佳為1～3。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種，但較佳為直鏈狀。作為烷基可具有的取代基，可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。芳基的碳數較佳為6～18，更佳為6～12，進而更佳為6。 Rtp71 及Rtp72 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基，較佳為氫原子或烷基。 烷基的碳數較佳為1～10，更佳為1～8，進而更佳為1～6。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種，較佳為環狀。烷基亦可被取代。作為烷基可具有的取代基，可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。 芳基的碳數較佳為6～18，更佳為6～12，進而更佳為6。芳基可具有的取代基可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。In the formula (TP1), Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 , preferably a hydrogen atom or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 , more preferably NRtp 71 Rtp 72 . The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain, but is preferably linear. Examples of the substituent which the alkyl group may have include the substituents listed in the substituent group A which will be described later. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12, still more preferably 6. Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain, and is preferably a cyclic group. Alkyl groups can also be substituted. Examples of the substituent which the alkyl group may have include the substituents listed in the substituent group A which will be described later. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12, still more preferably 6. The substituent which the aryl group may have is a substituent listed in the item of the substituent group A mentioned later.

通式（TP1）中，Rtp5 、Rtp6 及Rtp8 分別獨立地表示取代基。作為取代基，可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。尤其，較佳為碳數1～5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳數1～5的烯基、碳數6～15的芳基、羧基或磺基，更佳為碳數1～5的直鏈或分支的烷基、碳數1～5的烯基、苯基或羧基。尤其，Rtp5 及Rtp6 較佳為分別獨立地為碳數1～5的烷基。另外，Rtp8 較佳為2個烯基相互鍵結而形成環。環較佳為苯環。In the formula (TP1), Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 and Rtp 8 each independently represent a substituent. The substituent which is listed in the item of the substituent group A mentioned later is mentioned as a substituent. In particular, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group or a sulfo group is preferred, and a carbon number of 1 to 5 is more preferred. A linear or branched alkyl group, a carbon number of 1 to 5 alkenyl group, a phenyl group or a carboxyl group. In particular, Rtp 5 and Rtp 6 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Further, Rtp 8 preferably has two alkenyl groups bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring is preferably a benzene ring.

通式（TP1）中，a、b及c分別獨立地表示0～4的整數，尤其，a及b較佳為表示0或1，更佳為表示0。c較佳為表示0～2。In the formula (TP1), a, b and c each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and particularly, a and b preferably represent 0 or 1, more preferably 0. c preferably represents 0 to 2.

通式（TP2）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基，其含義與通式（TP1）中的Rtp1 ～Rtp4 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。In the general formula (TP2), Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, which is the same meaning as in the general formula (TP1) in Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 4, the preferred ranges are also the same.

通式（TP2）中，Rtp5 及Rtp6 分別獨立地表示取代基，其含義與通式（TP1）中的Rtp5 及Rtp6 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。In the formula (TP2), Rtp 5 and Rtp 6 each independently represent a substituent, and the meaning thereof is the same as Rtp 5 and Rtp 6 in the formula (TP1), and the preferred range is also the same.

通式（TP2）中，Rtp9 及Rtp11 分別獨立地表示取代基，可使用後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。 Rtp9 較佳為芳基，更佳為碳數6～12的芳基，進而更佳為苯基。 Rtp11 較佳為烷基，更佳為碳數1～5的烷基，進而更佳為碳數1～3的烷基。烷基較佳為直鏈狀或分支狀，更佳為直鏈狀。In the general formula (TP2), Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substituent, and the substituents listed in the substituent group A which will be described later can be used. Rtp 9 is preferably an aryl group, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a phenyl group. Rtp 11 is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.

通式（TP2）中，Rtp10 表示取代基，可使用後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。尤其，Rtp10 更佳為碳數6～12的芳基，進而更佳為苯基。In the formula (TP2), Rtp 10 represents a substituent, and the substituents listed in the substituent group A which will be described later can be used. In particular, Rtp 10 is more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a phenyl group.

通式（TP2）中，a、b及d分別獨立地表示0～4的整數，尤其，a及b較佳為表示0或1，更佳為表示0。d較佳為表示0～2，更佳為表示0。In the formula (TP2), a, b and d each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and in particular, a and b preferably represent 0 or 1, more preferably 0. d preferably represents 0 to 2, more preferably 0.

通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的任一者表示與重複單元的鍵結部位，尤其，較佳為Rtp71 或Rtp72 為與重複單元的鍵結部位。In the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2), any of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 represents a bonding site with a repeating unit, and particularly preferably Rtp 71 or Rtp 72 is a repeat The bonding part of the unit.

通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個亦可含有陰離子。 作為陰離子，較佳為-SO3 - 、-COO- 、-PO4 - 、雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子及四芳基硼酸鹽陰離子，更佳為雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子及四芳基硼酸鹽陰離子，進而更佳為雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子及三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子。 具體而言，可列舉Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個經通式（P）取代的結構。 通式（P） [化15]通式（P）中，L表示單鍵或二價的連結基，X1 表示陰離子。In the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2), at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 may contain an anion. As the anion, preferred are -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion, tris(sulfonyl) methide anion, and tetraaryl borate anion, more Preferably, it is a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion, a tris(sulfonyl) methide anion, and a tetraaryl borate anion, and more preferably a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion and a tris(sulfonate) Methyl) anion. Specifically, a structure in which at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 is substituted by the formula (P) can be mentioned. General formula (P) [Chemical 15] In the formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and X 1 represents an anion.

通式（P）中，L表示單鍵或二價的連結基。作為二價的連結基，較佳為表示-NR10 -、-O-、-SO2 -、含有氟原子的伸烷基、含有氟原子的伸芳基或包含該些的組合的基。尤其，較佳為包含-NR10 -與-SO2 -及含有氟原子的伸烷基的組合的基、包含-O-與含有氟原子的伸芳基的組合的基、或包含-NR10 -與-SO2 -及含有氟原子的伸烷基的組合的基。 於-NR10 -中，R10 表示氫原子或碳數1～5的烷基，較佳為氫原子。 含有氟原子的伸烷基的碳數較佳為1～10，更佳為1～6，進而更佳為1～3。該些伸烷基更佳為全氟伸烷基。作為氟取代伸烷基的具體例，可列舉：二氟亞甲基、四氟伸乙基、六氟伸丙基等。 含有氟原子的伸芳基的碳數較佳為6～20，更佳為6～14，進而更佳為6～10。作為含有氟原子的伸芳基的具體例，可列舉：四氟伸苯基、六氟-1-伸萘基、六氟-2-伸萘基等。In the formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group preferably represents -NR 10 -, -O-, -SO 2 -, an alkylene group containing a fluorine atom, an extended aryl group containing a fluorine atom, or a group containing a combination thereof. In particular, a group comprising a combination of -NR 10 - and -SO 2 - and a fluorine-containing alkylene group, a group comprising a combination of -O- and a fluorine-containing extended aryl group, or -NR 10 is preferred. a group in combination with -SO 2 - and an alkylene group containing a fluorine atom. In -NR 10 -, R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom. The alkyl group having a fluorine atom preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, still more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. More preferably, the alkylene group is a perfluoroalkylene group. Specific examples of the fluorine-substituted alkylene group include difluoromethylene, tetrafluoroethyl, hexafluoropropyl and the like. The carbon number of the aryl group containing a fluorine atom is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 14, more preferably from 6 to 10. Specific examples of the aryl group containing a fluorine atom include a tetrafluorophenylene group, a hexafluoro-1-naphthyl group, and a hexafluoro-2-naphthyl group.

通式（P）中，X1 表示陰離子，較佳為自選自-SO3 - 、-COO- 、-PO4 - 、含有由下述通式（A1）所表示的結構的基及含有由下述通式（A2）所表示的結構的基中的至少一種中選擇。 通式（A1） [化16]通式（A1）中，R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -或-CO-。 通式（A2） [化17]通式（A2）中，R3 表示-SO2 -或-CO-。R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -、-CO-或-CN。In the formula (P), X 1 represents an anion, preferably a group selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , a structure represented by the following formula (A1), and It is selected from at least one of the groups of the structures represented by the general formula (A2). General formula (A1) [Chemistry 16] In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-. General formula (A2) [Chem. 17] In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-. R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN.

含有由通式（A1）所表示的結構的基較佳為於通式（A1）中，在R1 及R2 的一者的末端具有氟取代烷基，更佳為R1 及R2 的一者直接與氟取代烷基進行鍵結。氟取代烷基的碳數較佳為1～10，更佳為1～6，進而佳為1～3，進而更佳為1或2，特佳為1。該些烷基更佳為全氟烷基。作為氟取代烷基的具體例，較佳為三氟甲基。 含有由通式（A2）所表示的結構的基較佳為於通式（A2）中，在R3 ～R5 的至少任一者的末端具有氟取代烷基，更佳為R3 ～R5 的至少任一者直接與氟取代烷基進行鍵結。尤其，較佳為於R3 ～R5 的至少兩個的末端具有氟取代烷基，更佳為R3 ～R5 的至少兩個直接與氟取代烷基進行鍵結。氟取代烷基的含義與含有由通式（A1）所表示的結構的基中所說明者相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。 此外，作為X1 的具體例，可列舉後述的抗衡陰離子A。於此情況下，構成抗衡陰離子A的任一個氫原子或鹵素原子與通式（P）中的L進行鍵結。Group preferably contains a structure represented by the general formula (A1) is represented in the general formula (A1), at the end of one of R 1 and R 2 having fluorine-substituted alkyl group, more preferably R 1 and R 2 One is directly bonded to a fluorine-substituted alkyl group. The carbon number of the fluorine-substituted alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, still more preferably from 1 to 3, still more preferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably 1. More preferably, the alkyl group is a perfluoroalkyl group. A specific example of the fluorine-substituted alkyl group is preferably a trifluoromethyl group. The group having a structure represented by the formula (A2) is preferably a compound having a fluorine-substituted alkyl group at the terminal of at least one of R 3 to R 5 , more preferably R 3 to R, in the formula (A2). At least either of 5 is directly bonded to a fluorine-substituted alkyl group. In particular, it is preferred that at least two of R 3 to R 5 have a fluorine-substituted alkyl group, and more preferably at least two of R 3 to R 5 are directly bonded to a fluorine-substituted alkyl group. The meaning of the fluorine-substituted alkyl group is the same as that described for the group containing the structure represented by the general formula (A1), and the preferred range is also the same. Further, as specific examples of X 1, later-described counter anion include A. In this case, any hydrogen atom or halogen atom constituting the counter anion A is bonded to L in the formula (P).

通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，經通式（P）取代的部分可僅存在1個部位，亦可存在2個部位以上。當存在2個部位以上的經通式（P）取代的部分時，較佳為於聚合物TP中，除三芳基甲烷結構中所含有的陽離子以外，存在與陰離子的數量相對應的數量的陽離子。In the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2), the moiety substituted by the general formula (P) may exist in only one site, or may have two or more sites. When there are two or more sites of the formula (P) substituted, it is preferred that in the polymer TP, in addition to the cations contained in the triarylmethane structure, there are a number of cations corresponding to the number of anions. .

通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，X表示陰離子。通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，可存在X，亦可不存在X。 通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，當存在X時，是指於三芳基甲烷結構的分子外具有陰離子。另外，所謂於三芳基甲烷結構的分子外具有陰離子，是指三芳基甲烷結構與陰離子不經由共價鍵進行鍵結，而作為其他化合物存在的情況。以下，將三芳基甲烷結構的分子外的陰離子亦稱為抗衡陰離子。In the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2), X represents an anion. In the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2), X may or may not be present. In the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2), when X is present, it means that an anion is present outside the molecule of the triarylmethane structure. Further, the term "anion" outside the molecule of the triarylmethane structure means that the triarylmethane structure and the anion are not bonded via a covalent bond, and may exist as other compounds. Hereinafter, the extra-molecular anion of the triarylmethane structure is also referred to as a counter anion.

作為抗衡陰離子，可列舉：氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、硼酸鹽陰離子（BF4- 等）、PF6- 及SbF6- 等。 硼酸鹽陰離子為由B(R10 )4- 所表示的基，R10 可例示：氟原子、氰基、氟化烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基等。Examples of the counter anion include a fluorine anion, a chloride anion, a bromine anion, an iodine anion, a cyanide ion, a perchlorate anion, a borate anion (BF 4-, etc.), PF 6- and SbF 6- . The borate anion is a group represented by B(R 10 ) 4- , and R 10 is exemplified by a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a fluorinated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group or the like.

抗衡陰離子可為具有陰離子部的化合物。即，可含有陰離子部作為化合物的結構的一部分。於含有陰離子部作為化合物的結構的一部分的情況下，可包含於具有重複單元的聚合體（聚合物）的一部分中，亦可包含於分子量為2000以下的所謂的低分子化合物中。於低分子化合物的情況下，可例示一併包含陰離子部、與烷基、芳基及交聯性基的至少一種的形態。於本發明中，較佳為抗衡陰離子為含有交聯性基的化合物的形態、及抗衡陰離子為含有具有陰離子部的重複單元的聚合物的形態。The counter anion can be a compound having an anion moiety. That is, an anion moiety may be contained as a part of the structure of the compound. In the case of a part of the structure containing the anion moiety as the compound, it may be contained in a part of the polymer (polymer) having a repeating unit, or may be contained in a so-called low molecular compound having a molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the case of a low molecular compound, a form including at least one of an anion moiety and an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a crosslinkable group can be exemplified. In the present invention, a form in which the counter anion is a compound containing a crosslinkable group and a form in which the counter anion is a polymer containing a repeating unit having an anion moiety is preferable.

當抗衡陰離子為具有陰離子部的化合物時，陰離子部較佳為選自-SO3 - 、-COO- 、-PO3 - 、由下述通式（A1）所表示的結構及由下述通式（A2）所表示的結構中的至少一種。When the counter anion is a compound having an anion moiety, the anion moiety is preferably selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 3 - , a structure represented by the following formula (A1), and a formula At least one of the structures represented by (A2).

通式（A1） [化18]（通式（A1）中，R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -或-CO-） 通式（A1）中，較佳為R1 及R2 的至少一個表示-SO2 -，更佳為R1 及R2 兩者表示-SO2 -。General formula (A1) [Chem. 18] (In the general formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents -SO 2 - or -CO-) in the formula (A1), is preferably at least one of R 1 and R 2 represents -SO 2 - More preferably, both R 1 and R 2 represent -SO 2 -.

所述通式（A1）更佳為由下述通式（A1-1）表示。 通式（A1-1） [化19]（通式（A1-1）中，R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -或-CO-。X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示伸烷基或伸芳基） 通式（A1-1）中，R1 及R2 的含義與通式（A1）中的R1 及R2 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。 當X1 表示伸烷基時，伸烷基的碳數較佳為1～8，更佳為1～6。當X1 表示伸芳基時，伸芳基的碳數較佳為6～18，更佳為6～12，進而更佳為6。當X1 具有取代基時，較佳為經氟原子取代。 X2 表示伸烷基或伸芳基，較佳為伸烷基。伸烷基的碳數較佳為1～8，更佳為1～6，進而更佳為1～3，特佳為1。當X2 具有取代基時，較佳為經氟原子取代。The above formula (A1) is more preferably represented by the following formula (A1-1). General formula (A1-1) [Chem. 19] (In the general formula (A1-1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-. X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an alkylene group or an extended aryl group) 1), the same meaning as R and R 1 in the general formula (A1) 2 in R 1 and R 2, preferred ranges are also the same. When X 1 represents an alkylene group, the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 6. When X 1 represents an aryl group, the carbon number of the extended aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12, still more preferably 6. When X 1 has a substituent, it is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom. X 2 represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group, preferably an alkylene group. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 6, still more preferably from 1 to 3, particularly preferably 1. When X 2 has a substituent, it is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom.

通式（A2） [化20]（通式（A2）中，R3 表示-SO2 -或-CO-。R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -、-CO-或-CN） 通式（A2）中，較佳為R3 ～R5 的至少一個表示-SO2 -，更佳為R3 ～R5 的至少兩個表示-SO2 -。General formula (A2) [Chem. 20] (In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-. R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN) In the formula (A2), preferably At least one of R 3 to R 5 represents -SO 2 -, and more preferably at least two of R 3 to R 5 represents -SO 2 -.

作為抗衡陰離子為具有陰離子部的化合物時的具體例，亦可例示R-SO3 - 、R-COO- 或R-PO4 - ，且R為鹵素原子、可由鹵素原子取代的烷基、可由鹵素原子取代的芳基的情況。 另外，作為含有由所述通式（A1）所表示的基的化合物的具體例，可例示R1 與鹵素原子、可由鹵素原子取代的烷基、可由鹵素原子取代的芳基進行鍵結的化合物。 另外，作為含有由所述通式（A2）所表示的基的化合物的具體例，可例示R4 及R5 分別為鹵素原子、可由鹵素原子取代的烷基、可由鹵素原子取代的芳基的情況。Specific examples of the case where the counter anion is a compound having an anion moiety may, for example, be R-SO 3 - , R-COO - or R-PO 4 - , and R is a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom, or a halogen The case of an atom-substituted aryl group. In addition, as a specific example of the compound containing the group represented by the above formula (A1), a compound in which R 1 is bonded to a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom, or an aryl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom may be exemplified. . In addition, as a specific example of the compound containing the group represented by the above formula (A2), R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom, or an aryl group which may be substituted by a halogen atom. Happening.

當抗衡陰離子為具有陰離子部的化合物時，抗衡陰離子較佳為含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物、含有三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子的化合物或含有磺酸根陰離子的化合物。 含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物可為單體，亦可為聚合物。含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物較佳為由下述通式（AN1）表示。 通式（AN1） [化21]通式（AN1）中，R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。X1 與X2 可鍵結而形成環。 R1 表示烷基或芳基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任一種。烷基的碳數較佳為1～6，更佳為1～3。烷基較佳為經氟原子取代的烷基。經氟原子取代的烷基的碳數較佳為1～6，更佳為1～3。烷基亦可具有取代基。尤其，較佳為全氟烷基，更佳為全氟甲基。 芳基的碳數較佳為6～18，更佳為6～12。芳基較佳為經氟原子取代的芳基。 R2 的含義與R1 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。 作為含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物的具體例，較佳為雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子。藉由設為此種構成，可進一步提昇耐熱性。When the counter anion is a compound having an anion moiety, the counter anion is preferably a compound containing a bis(sulfonyl) quinone anion, a compound containing a tris(sulfonyl) methide anion or a compound containing a sulfonate anion. . The compound containing a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion may be a monomer or a polymer. The compound containing a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion is preferably represented by the following formula (AN1). General formula (AN1) [Chem. 21] In the formula (AN1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. X 1 and X 2 may be bonded to form a ring. R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain or a cyclic chain. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. The alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may also have a substituent. In particular, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferred, and a perfluoromethyl group is more preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group substituted with a fluorine atom. R 2 has the same meaning as R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same. As a specific example of the compound containing a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion, a bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imine anion is preferable. With such a configuration, heat resistance can be further improved.

含有三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子的化合物較佳為由下述通式（AN2）所表示的化合物。 通式（AN2） [化22]通式（AN2）中，R3 ～R5 分別獨立地表示烷基或芳基。 R3 表示烷基或芳基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任一種。烷基的碳數較佳為1～6，更佳為1～3。烷基較佳為經氟原子取代的烷基。經氟原子取代的烷基的碳數較佳為1～6，更佳為1～3。烷基亦可具有取代基。尤其，較佳為全氟烷基，更佳為全氟甲基。 芳基的碳數較佳為6～18，更佳為6～12。芳基較佳為經氟原子取代的芳基。 R4 的含義與R3 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。 R5 的含義與R3 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。 作為含有三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子的化合物的具體例，較佳為三(三氟甲磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子。The compound containing a tris(sulfonyl)methide anion is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (AN2). General formula (AN2) [Chem. 22] In the formula (AN2), R 3 to R 5 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. R 3 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain or a cyclic chain. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. The alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may also have a substituent. In particular, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferred, and a perfluoromethyl group is more preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group substituted with a fluorine atom. R 4 has the same meaning as R 3 , and the preferred range is also the same. R 5 has the same meaning as R 3 , and the preferred range is also the same. As a specific example of the compound containing a tris(sulfonyl)methide anion, a tris(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)methide anion is preferred.

含有磺酸根陰離子的化合物較佳為由下述通式（AN3）表示。 通式（AN3）   R-SO3 - 通式（AN3）中，R表示烷基或芳基。當R表示烷基時，較佳為經氟原子取代的烷基。烷基的碳數較佳為1～6，更佳為1～3。尤其，較佳為全氟烷基，更佳為全氟甲基。 當R表示芳基時，較佳為經氟原子取代的芳基。芳基的碳數較佳為6～18，更佳為6～12。 作為含有磺酸根陰離子的化合物的具體例，較佳為三氟甲磺酸根陰離子。The compound containing a sulfonate anion is preferably represented by the following formula (AN3). In the formula (AN3) R-SO 3 - in the formula (AN3), R represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. When R represents an alkyl group, it is preferably an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. In particular, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferred, and a perfluoromethyl group is more preferred. When R represents an aryl group, an aryl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12. As a specific example of the compound containing a sulfonate anion, a trifluoromethanesulfonate anion is preferable.

作為其他抗衡陰離子的具體例，可列舉以下的具體例，但本發明並不限定於該些具體例。於本說明書中，將以下的其他抗衡陰離子的具體例稱為「抗衡陰離子A」。 [化23] Specific examples of the other counter anion include the following specific examples, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. In the present specification, a specific example of the other counter anion described below is referred to as "counting anion A". [化23]

[化24] [Chem. 24]

繼而，對抗衡陰離子為含有交聯性基的化合物的情況進行說明。 作為交聯性基，可列舉：可藉由自由基、酸、熱來進行交聯的公知的聚合性基。具體而言，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基、環狀醚基及由-C-O-R所表示的基（其中，R表示氫原子或碳數1～20的烷基），較佳為選自(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基及環狀醚基中的至少一種，更佳為選自(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基及乙烯基中的一種，進而更佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基或苯乙烯基。 含有交聯性基的化合物中的交聯性基的數量較佳為1～3，更佳為1。Next, the case where the counter anion is a compound containing a crosslinkable group will be described. Examples of the crosslinkable group include a known polymerizable group which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or heat. Specific examples thereof include a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group, a styryl group, a vinyl group, a cyclic ether group, and a group represented by -COR (wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of (meth)acryl fluorenyl, styryl, vinyl and cyclic ether groups, more preferably selected from (meth)acryl fluorenyl, styryl and vinyl groups. One of them is more preferably a (meth) acrylonitrile group or a styryl group. The number of the crosslinkable groups in the compound having a crosslinkable group is preferably from 1 to 3, more preferably 1.

另外，交聯性基與抗衡陰離子之間可直接進行鍵結，亦可經由連結基而進行鍵結，但較佳為經由連結基而進行鍵結。 抗衡陰離子為含有交聯性基的化合物時的具體例較佳為由下述通式（B）表示。Further, the crosslinkable group and the counter anion may be bonded directly or may be bonded via a linking group, but it is preferred to bond via a linking group. A specific example of the case where the counter anion is a compound having a crosslinkable group is preferably represented by the following formula (B).

通式（B） [化25]（通式（B）中，P表示交聯性基。L表示單鍵或二價的連結基。anion表示所述抗衡陰離子） 通式（B）中，P表示交聯性基，可列舉所述交聯性基。 通式（B）中，當L表示二價的連結基時，較佳為碳數1～30的伸烷基、碳數6～30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OC-、-SO2 -及將該些的2個以上組合而成的連結基。此處，R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。 尤其，連結基較佳為將碳數1～10的伸烷基、碳數6～12的伸芳基、-NH-、-CO-、-O-及-SO2 -的2個以上組合而成的連結基。General formula (B) [Chem. 25] (In the formula (B), P represents a crosslinkable group. L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Anion represents the counter anion) In the formula (B), P represents a crosslinkable group, and examples thereof include Said crosslinkable group. In the general formula (B), when L represents a divalent linking group, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic linking group, and -CH=CH- are preferred. , -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO-, -NR-, -CONR-, -OC-, -SO 2 - and a combination of two or more of these base. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. In particular, the linking group is preferably a combination of two or more of an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, -NH-, -CO-, -O-, and -SO 2 -. a linker.

當抗衡陰離子為含有交聯性基的化合物時，亦可具有交聯性基以外的其他官能基。作為其他官能基，可列舉酸基等。作為酸基，可例示：羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基。當抗衡陰離子進而具有酸基時，化合物中的酸基的數量較佳為1～3，更佳為1。When the counter anion is a compound having a crosslinkable group, it may have another functional group other than the crosslinkable group. As another functional group, an acid group etc. are mentioned. The acid group may, for example, be a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. When the counter anion further has an acid group, the number of acid groups in the compound is preferably from 1 to 3, more preferably 1.

以下表示抗衡陰離子為含有交聯性基的化合物時的具體例，但本發明並不限定於該些具體例。 [化26] Specific examples of the case where the counter anion is a compound containing a crosslinkable group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. [Chem. 26]

含有交聯性基的化合物的分子量較佳為200～2000，更佳為200～500。The molecular weight of the compound having a crosslinkable group is preferably from 200 to 2,000, more preferably from 200 to 500.

繼而，對抗衡陰離子為含有具有陰離子部的重複單元的聚合物（以下，亦稱為陰離子多聚體）的情況進行說明。 陰離子多聚體可於重複單元的側鏈上具有陰離子部，亦可於重複單元的主鏈上具有陰離子部，亦可於主鏈及側鏈兩者上具有陰離子部。 陰離子多聚體較佳為由下述通式（C）及/或下述通式（D）表示。Next, a case where the counter anion is a polymer containing a repeating unit having an anion moiety (hereinafter also referred to as an anionic polymer) will be described. The anionic polymer may have an anion moiety in the side chain of the repeating unit, an anion moiety in the main chain of the repeating unit, or an anion moiety in both the main chain and the side chain. The anionic polymer is preferably represented by the following formula (C) and/or the following formula (D).

通式（C） [化27]（通式（C）中，X1 表示重複單元的主鏈。L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基。anion表示陰離子部）General formula (C) [Chem. 27] (In the general formula (C), X 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit. L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Anion represents an anion moiety)

通式（C）中，X1 表示重複單元的主鏈，通常表示藉由聚合反應所形成的連結基，例如較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系、苯乙烯系、乙烯基系等。再者，由2個*所表示的部位成為重複單元。In the general formula (C), X 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit, and generally represents a linking group formed by a polymerization reaction, and is preferably, for example, a (meth)acrylic acid, a styrene-based or a vinyl-based one. Further, the portion indicated by two * is a repeating unit.

當L1 表示二價的連結基時，較佳為碳數1～30的伸烷基、碳數6～30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-COO-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OCO-、-SO2 -及將該些的2個以上組合而成的連結基。此處，R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。 L1 更佳為單鍵，或將碳數1～10的伸烷基、碳數6～12的伸芳基、-NH-、-CO2 -、-O-及-SO2 -的2個以上組合而成的二價的連結基。When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, it is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic linking group, -CH=CH-, -O-, - S-, -COO-, -CO-, -NR-, -CONR-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -, and a linking group of two or more of these. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. More preferably, L 1 is a single bond, or two alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, -NH-, -CO 2 -, -O-, and -SO 2 - A divalent linking group formed by the above.

陰離子多聚體較佳為由下述通式（AN4）表示。 通式（AN4） [化28]通式（AN4）中，X1 表示重複單元的主鏈。L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基。R1 表示烷基或芳基。 X1 及L1 的含義與所述通式（C）中的X1 及L1 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。 R1 表示烷基或芳基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的任一種。烷基的碳數較佳為1～6，更佳為1～3。烷基較佳為經氟原子取代的烷基。經氟原子取代的烷基的碳數較佳為1～6，更佳為1～3。烷基亦可具有取代基。尤其，較佳為全氟烷基，更佳為全氟甲基。芳基的碳數較佳為6～18，更佳為6～12。芳基較佳為經氟原子取代的芳基。The anionic polymer is preferably represented by the following formula (AN4). General formula (AN4) [28] In the formula (AN4), X 1 represents the main chain of the repeating unit. L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. X in the meaning of L 1 and 1 in the general formula (C) the same as X 1 and L 1, preferred ranges are also the same. R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain or a cyclic chain. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom. The alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may also have a substituent. In particular, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferred, and a perfluoromethyl group is more preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group substituted with a fluorine atom.

通式（D） [化29]（通式（D）中，L2 及L3 分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價的連結基。anion表示陰離子部）General formula (D) [化29] (In the general formula (D), L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Anion represents an anion moiety)

通式（D）中，當L2 及L3 表示二價的連結基時，較佳為碳數1～30的伸烷基、碳數6～30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OCO-、-SO2 -及將該些的2個以上組合而成的連結基。此處，R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基、或雜環基。 L2 較佳為碳數6～12的伸芳基（特別是伸苯基）。碳數6～30的伸芳基較佳為經氟原子取代。 L3 較佳為包含碳數6～12的伸芳基（特別是伸苯基）與-O-的組合的基，且較佳為至少一種碳數6～12的伸芳基經氟原子取代。In the general formula (D), when L 2 and L 3 represent a divalent linking group, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic linking group, and CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -NR-, -CONR-, -OCO-, -SO 2 - and a combination of two or more of these base. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. L 2 is preferably a aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms (particularly a phenyl group). The aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom. L 3 is preferably a group containing a combination of a aryl group (particularly a phenyl group) having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and -O-, and preferably at least one exoaryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted by a fluorine atom. .

陰離子多聚體亦可含有具有聚合性基的重複單元。當含有具有聚合性基的重複單元時，相對於所有重複單元100莫耳，其量例如較佳為10莫耳～50莫耳，更佳為10莫耳～30莫耳。 另外，陰離子多聚體亦可含有具有酸基的重複單元。當含有具有酸基的重複單元時，相對於所有重複單元100莫耳，其量例如較佳為10莫耳～50莫耳，更佳為10莫耳～30莫耳。The anionic multimer may also contain a repeating unit having a polymerizable group. When a repeating unit having a polymerizable group is contained, the amount thereof is, for example, preferably from 10 moles to 50 moles, more preferably from 10 moles to 30 moles, per 100 moles of all repeating units. Further, the anionic polymer may also contain a repeating unit having an acid group. When it contains a repeating unit having an acid group, the amount thereof is, for example, preferably from 10 mol to 50 mol, more preferably from 10 mol to 30 mol, relative to 100 mol of all repeating units.

陰離子多聚體的重量平均分子量較佳為1,000～30,000，更佳為重量平均分子量為3,000～20,000。The anionic polymer preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 30,000, more preferably a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 20,000.

當形成陰離子多聚體時，亦可添加鏈轉移劑。作為鏈轉移劑，較佳為烷基硫醇，較佳為碳數4以上以下的烷基硫醇，經羧基或醚基、酯基取代的烷基硫醇。 作為陰離子多聚體中所含有的鹵素離子含量，較佳為10 ppm～3000 ppm以下，更佳為10 ppm～2000 ppm，進而更佳為10 ppm～1000 ppm。 作為陰離子多聚體的具體例，可列舉日本專利特開2015-030742號公報的段落號0034～段落號0035中所記載的結構，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。When an anionic polymer is formed, a chain transfer agent may also be added. The chain transfer agent is preferably an alkylthiol, preferably an alkylthiol having 4 or less carbon atoms, an alkylthiol substituted with a carboxyl group or an ether group or an ester group. The content of the halogen ion contained in the anionic polymer is preferably 10 ppm to 3,000 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppm to 2,000 ppm, and still more preferably 10 ppm to 1000 ppm. Specific examples of the anionic polymer include the structures described in paragraphs 0034 to 0035 of JP-A-2015-030742, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

由通式（TP1）所表示的三芳基甲烷結構、及由通式（TP2）所表示的三芳基甲烷結構中，陽離子如以下般非定域化地存在，下述結構的含義相同，而設為均包含於本發明中者。 [化30] In the triarylmethane structure represented by the formula (TP1) and the triarylmethane structure represented by the formula (TP2), the cations are present in a non-localized manner as follows, and the following structures have the same meanings. They are all included in the present invention. [化30]

三芳基甲烷結構較佳為由下述通式（TP3）表示。 [化31]通式（TP3）中，Rtp21 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基；Rtp22 分別獨立地表示碳數6～10的芳基，Rtp71 表示烷基或芳基；X表示陰離子，或者不存在X且Rtp21 、Rtp22 及Rtp71 的至少一個包含陰離子；Rtp21 、Rtp22 及Rtp71 的任一者表示與重複單元A的鍵結部位。The triarylmethane structure is preferably represented by the following formula (TP3). [化31] In the formula (TP3), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and Rtp 71 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group; An anion is indicated, or X is absent and at least one of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 comprises an anion; any of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 represents a bonding site with repeating unit A.

通式（TP3）中，Rtp21 較佳為碳數1～6的烷基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種，但較佳為直鏈狀。烷基的碳數較佳為1～4，更佳為1～3。作為烷基可具有的取代基，可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基。藉由設為此種構成，可進一步提昇耐光性。 通式（TP3）中，Rtp22 表示碳數6～10的芳基。Rtp22 較佳為至少於鄰位上具有取代基的芳基。芳基可具有的取代基可列舉後述的取代基群組A一項中所列舉的取代基，較佳為碳數1～3的烷基。藉由設為此種構成，可進一步提昇耐熱性。 Rtp71 表示烷基或芳基，較佳為烷基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種，較佳為環狀。烷基的碳數較佳為1～8，更佳為1～6。芳基的碳數較佳為6～12，更佳為6～10。 Rtp21 、Rtp22 及Rtp71 的任一者表示與重複單元的鍵結部位，較佳為Rtp71 為與重複單元的鍵結部位。In the formula (TP3), Rtp 21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain, but is preferably linear. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent which the alkyl group may have include the substituents listed in the substituent group A which will be described later. With such a configuration, the light resistance can be further improved. In the formula (TP3), Rtp 22 represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Rtp 22 is preferably an aryl group having a substituent at least in the ortho position. The substituent which the aryl group may have is a substituent exemplified in the group of the substituent group A described later, and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. With such a configuration, heat resistance can be further improved. Rtp 71 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain, and is preferably a cyclic group. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 12, more preferably from 6 to 10. Any of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 represents a bonding site with a repeating unit, and preferably Rtp 71 is a bonding site with a repeating unit.

三芳基甲烷結構較佳為由下述通式（TP3A）表示。 [化32]通式（TP3A）中，Rtp21 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基；Rtp22 分別獨立地表示碳數6～10的芳基；X表示陰離子、或者不存在X且Rtp21 及Rtp22 的至少一個包含陰離子；*表示與重複單元A的鍵結部位。 關於Rtp21 、Rtp22 的詳細情況，其含義與通式（TP3）的Rtp21 、Rtp22 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。The triarylmethane structure is preferably represented by the following formula (TP3A). [化32] In the formula (TP3A), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms; X represents an anion, or X and Rtp are absent; At least one of 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion; * indicates a bonding site with repeating unit A. Details on Rtp 21, Rtp 22's, meaning Rtps general formula (TP3) of 21, Rtp 22 the same preferred ranges are also the same.

取代基群組A： 作為取代基，可列舉：鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、胺基（包含烷基胺基、苯胺基）、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷基硫基（alkylthio group）、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基等。關於取代基群組A的詳細情況，可參照日本專利特開2015-034966號公報的段落號0174～段落號0185的記載，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。Substituent group A: Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and a decyloxy group. , heterocyclic oxy, decyloxy, amine methyl methoxy, amine (including alkylamino, anilino), decylamino, aminocarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxy Alkylcarbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino, fluorenyl, alkylthio group, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, amine sulfonate Sulfhydryl, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, fluorenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminecaraki, aryl A nitrogen or heterocyclic azo group, a quinone imine group, a phosphino group, a phosphinyl group, a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, a decyl group, or the like. For the details of the substituent group A, the description of Paragraph No. 0174 to Paragraph 0185 of JP-A-2015-034966 can be referred to, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the present specification.

＜＜＜＜重複單元A的較佳的形態＞＞＞＞ 重複單元A較佳為由下述通式（TP3-1）表示。 [化33]通式（TP3-1）中，Rtp21 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基，Rtp22 分別獨立地表示碳數6～10的芳基，Rtp71a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基；L1 表示碳數2～30的二價的連結基，Rtp31 表示氫原子或甲基；X表示陰離子、或者不存在X且Rtp21 及Rtp22 的至少一個包含陰離子。<<<<Preferred Form of Repeating Unit A>>>> The repeating unit A is preferably represented by the following formula (TP3-1). [化33] In the formula (TP3-1), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and Rtp 71a represents an alkyl group or a stretching group. An aryl group; L 1 represents a divalent linking group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; X represents an anion or X is absent and at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion.

Rtp21 及Rtp22 的含義與所述通式（TP3）中的Rtp21 及Rtp22 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。 Rtp71a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基，較佳為伸烷基。伸烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種，較佳為環狀。伸烷基的碳數較佳為1～8，更佳為1～6。伸芳基的碳數較佳為6～12，更佳為6～10。伸烷基及伸芳基可具有取代基，亦可未經取代。較佳為未經取代。作為取代基，可列舉所述取代基群組A中所說明的取代基。 L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基。L1 的含義與所述通式（A）中的L1 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。 通式（TP3-1）中，「-Rtp71a -L1 -」部分中的構成將重複單元A的主鏈與三芳基甲烷結構的Rtp71a 所鍵結的氮原子連接的鏈的原子的數量較佳為1以上，更佳為2以上，進而更佳為3以上，特佳為5以上。上限例如較佳為20以下。根據該形態，於合成聚合物TP時，可抑制未反應或反應並不充分的低分子的三芳基甲烷化合物。其結果，可提昇耐熱性及耐溶劑性。Rtp Rtp same meaning as 21 and 22 is in the general formula and (TP3) 21 and Rtp Rtp 22, the preferred ranges are also the same. Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group, preferably an alkylene group. The alkylene group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain, and is preferably cyclic. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 6. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 12, more preferably from 6 to 10. The alkylene group and the extended aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. It is preferably unsubstituted. The substituent described in the substituent group A can be mentioned as a substituent. L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The meaning of L 1 is the same as L 1 in the above formula (A), and the preferred range is also the same. In the formula (TP3-1), the number of atoms in the "-Rtp 71a - L 1 -" moiety which links the main chain of the repeating unit A to the nitrogen atom to which the triarylmethane structure Rtp 71a is bonded is constituted. It is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, and particularly preferably 5 or more. The upper limit is preferably, for example, 20 or less. According to this aspect, when the polymer TP is synthesized, a low molecular triarylmethane compound which is not reacted or which is insufficient in reaction can be suppressed. As a result, heat resistance and solvent resistance can be improved.

重複單元A較佳為由下述通式（TP3-2）表示。 [化34] The repeating unit A is preferably represented by the following formula (TP3-2). [化34]

通式（TP3-2）中，Rtp21 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基，Rtp24 分別獨立地表示碳數1～4的烷基，Rtp25 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～3的烷基，Rtp71a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基；Rtp31 表示氫原子或甲基；L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基；X表示陰離子、或者不存在X且Rtp21 及Rtp22 的至少一個包含陰離子。 Rtp21 較佳為分別獨立為碳數1～6的烷基。烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種，但較佳為直鏈狀。烷基的碳數較佳為1～4，更佳為1～3。 Rtp24 較佳為分別獨立為碳數1或2的烷基。 當Rtp25 表示碳數1～3的烷基時，烷基的碳數較佳為1或2。 Rtp71a 的含義與所述通式（TP3-1）中的Rtp71a 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。 L1 的含義與所述通式（TP3-1）中的L1 相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。In the formula (TP3-2), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and Rtp 24 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and Rtp 25 independently represents a hydrogen atom. Or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group; Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; X represents an anion, or X is absent. And at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion. Rtp 21 is preferably an alkyl group independently having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain, but is preferably linear. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Rtp 24 is preferably an alkyl group independently of 1 or 2 carbon atoms. When Rtp 25 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, the alkyl group preferably has 1 or 2 carbon atoms. Rtp 71a with the same meaning as in the general formula (TP3-1) Rtp 71a, the preferred ranges are also the same. The meaning of L 1 is the same as L 1 in the above formula (TP3-1), and the preferred range is also the same.

作為重複單元A的具體例，可列舉以下的結構，但本發明並不限定於該些結構。另外，於重複單元A的具體例中亦包含源自後述的具有三芳基甲烷結構的單體的重複單元。Specific examples of the repeating unit A include the following structures, but the present invention is not limited to these structures. Further, in the specific example of the repeating unit A, a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a triarylmethane structure described later is also included.

[化35][化36] [化35] [化36]

＜＜＜重複單元B＞＞＞ 聚合物TP含有具有交聯性基的重複單元B。於聚合物TP的所有重複單元中，較佳為含有1質量%～99質量%的重複單元B。上限更佳為95質量%以下，進而更佳為90質量%以下。下限更佳為2質量%以上，進而更佳為3質量%以上。若重複單元B的含量為所述範圍，則耐熱性及耐溶劑性特別優異。<<<Repeating Unit B>> The polymer TP contains a repeating unit B having a crosslinkable group. Among all the repeating units of the polymer TP, it is preferred to contain 1% by mass to 99% by mass of the repeating unit B. The upper limit is more preferably 95% by mass or less, and still more preferably 90% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, and still more preferably 3% by mass or more. When the content of the repeating unit B is in the above range, heat resistance and solvent resistance are particularly excellent.

作為交聯性基，可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱來進行交聯的公知的交聯性基，例如可列舉：含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環狀醚基（環氧基、氧雜環丁基）、噁唑啉基、由-C-O-R所表示的基（其中，R表示氫原子或碳數1～20的烷基）及碳酸酯基等。作為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、二環戊烯基等。作為碳酸酯基，較佳為環碳酸酯基。 交聯性基較佳為選自環氧基、氧雜環丁基、噁唑啉基、由-C-O-R所表示的基（其中，R表示氫原子或碳數1～20的烷基）、碳酸酯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、及乙烯基中的至少一種，更佳為環氧基或氧雜環丁基。 關於聚合物TP所具有的交聯性基，聚合物TP所具有的交聯基彼此進行反應、或與鹼可溶性黏合劑或交聯劑等所具有的交聯性基進行反應。As the crosslinkable group, a known crosslinkable group which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or a heat can be used, and examples thereof include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a cyclic ether group (epoxy group). An oxetanyl group, an oxazoline group, a group represented by -COR (wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), a carbonate group or the like. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a (meth)acrylonitrile group, a vinyl group, and a dicyclopentenyl group. As the carbonate group, a cyclic carbonate group is preferred. The crosslinkable group is preferably selected from the group consisting of an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an oxazoline group, a group represented by -COR (wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), and carbonic acid At least one of an ester group, a (meth) acrylonitrile group, and a vinyl group is more preferably an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group. With respect to the crosslinkable group of the polymer TP, the crosslinking groups of the polymer TP react with each other or with a crosslinkable group such as an alkali-soluble binder or a crosslinking agent.

作為重複單元B，可列舉如下的具體例。但是，本發明並不限定於該些具體例。Specific examples of the repeating unit B include the following. However, the invention is not limited to the specific examples.

[化37][化38] [化37] [化38]

＜＜＜其他重複單元＞＞＞ 聚合物TP亦可進而含有所述重複單元A、重複單元B以外的其他重複單元。作為其他重複單元，例如可例示：源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元。 具體而言，可列舉具有酸基的重複單元。作為酸基，可例示：羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基，較佳為羧基。藉由聚合物TP進而含有具有酸基的重複單元，可進一步提昇著色組成物的顯影性能。當聚合物TP進而含有具有酸基的重複單元時，於聚合物TP的所有重複單元中，含有具有酸基的重複單元的重複單元的比例例如較佳為含有10質量%～80質量%，更佳為10質量%～60質量%。<<<Other Repeating Units>>> The polymer TP may further contain other repeating units other than the repeating unit A and the repeating unit B. The other repeating unit may, for example, be a repeating unit derived from at least one of (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid ester, and (meth)acrylamide. Specifically, a repeating unit having an acid group can be cited. The acid group may, for example, be a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group, and is preferably a carboxyl group. The development performance of the coloring composition can be further improved by the polymer TP further containing a repeating unit having an acid group. When the polymer TP further contains a repeating unit having an acid group, the proportion of the repeating unit containing a repeating unit having an acid group in all repeating units of the polymer TP is preferably, for example, 10% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably Preferably, it is 10% by mass to 60% by mass.

其他重複單元亦可具有內酯、酸酐、醯胺、-COCH2 CO-、氰基等顯影促進基，長鏈烷基及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等官能基。Other repeating units may also have a development promoting group such as a lactone, an acid anhydride, a decylamine, a -COCH 2 CO-, a cyano group, a long-chain alkyl group and a cyclic alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a polyalkylene oxide group, A functional group such as a hydrophilic or hydrophobicity adjusting group such as a hydroxyl group, a maleimide group or an amine group.

以下表示其他重複單元的具體例，但本發明並不限定於此。Specific examples of other repeating units are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化39] [39]

聚合物TP較佳為含有源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元的結構。例如可列舉：所述重複單元A及/或重複單元B為源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元的形態，所述其他重複單元為源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元的形態。The polymer TP is preferably a structure containing a repeating unit derived from at least one of (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid ester, and (meth)acrylamide. For example, the repeating unit A and/or the repeating unit B may be in the form of a repeating unit derived from at least one of (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid ester, and (meth)acrylamide, and the other The repeating unit is in the form of a repeating unit derived from at least one of (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid ester, and (meth)acrylamide.

於本發明中，聚合物TP的重量平均分子量較佳為3000～500000。下限較佳為4000以上，更佳為5000以上，進而更佳為7000以上，特佳為10000以上。上限較佳為200000以下，更佳為100000以下，特佳為50000以下。即，聚合物TP的重量平均分子量特佳為10000～50000。藉由將聚合物TP的重量平均分子量調整成所述範圍，耐熱性及耐溶劑性良好。進而，亦可使電壓特性變得良好。 聚合物TP的數量平均分子量較佳為2000～500000。下限較佳為2500以上，更佳為3000以上，進而更佳為4000以上，特佳為5000以上。上限較佳為100000以下，更佳為70000以下，特佳為50000以下。 聚合物TP的分散度（重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量）較佳為1.0～5.0。上限較佳為4.0以下，更佳為3.5以下，特佳為2.0以下。 聚合物TP的重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量為藉由凝膠滲透層析儀（Gel Permeation Chromatograph，GPC）測定的聚苯乙烯換算值，具體為藉由後述的實施例中所記載的方法所測定的值。In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP is preferably from 3,000 to 500,000. The lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, still more preferably 7,000 or more, and particularly preferably 10,000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 100,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less. That is, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP is particularly preferably from 10,000 to 50,000. By adjusting the weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP to the above range, heat resistance and solvent resistance are good. Further, the voltage characteristics can be made good. The number average molecular weight of the polymer TP is preferably from 2,000 to 500,000. The lower limit is preferably 2,500 or more, more preferably 3,000 or more, still more preferably 4,000 or more, and particularly preferably 5,000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 70,000 or less, and particularly preferably 50,000 or less. The degree of dispersion (weight average molecular weight / number average molecular weight) of the polymer TP is preferably from 1.0 to 5.0. The upper limit is preferably 4.0 or less, more preferably 3.5 or less, and particularly preferably 2.0 or less. The weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight of the polymer TP are polystyrene-converted values measured by a gel permeation chromatograph (GPC), and are specifically determined by the method described in the examples below. Value.

於本發明中，相對於聚合物TP的質量，聚合物TP的具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下，較佳為10質量%以下，更佳為5質量%以下，特佳為1質量%以下，亦可實質上不含有。再者，所謂實質上不含有，例如相對於聚合物TP的質量，化合物A的含量較佳為0.1質量%以下，更佳為0.01質量%以下，進而更佳為不含有。 藉由將化合物A的含量設為20質量%以下，可有效地抑制聚合物TP自膜中的溶出，其結果，可提昇膜的耐溶劑性或耐熱性。 化合物A為具有三芳基甲烷結構的化合物，具體而言，是指具有三芳基甲烷結構的原料單體等未反應物、或含有不具有聚合性基的原料單體的雜質等。 聚合物TP中的化合物A的含量可藉由在聚合物TP的GPC測定中利用紫外光進行檢測來測定。 於本發明中，聚合物TP中的化合物A的含量為如下的值：利用HLC-8020GPC（東曹（股份）製造），將使2根TSKgel α-M（東曹（股份）製造，7.8 mm（內徑）×30 cm）串聯連接而成者作為管柱，並將測定條件設為試樣濃度為0.35質量%的N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮（N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone，NMP）溶液、流速為0.3 mL/min、樣品注入量為10 μL、測定溫度為40℃，且使用紫外線檢測器進行測定所得的值。In the present invention, the content of the compound A having a weight average molecular weight of the polymer TP having a triarylmethane structure of 1,500 or less is 20% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably, based on the mass of the polymer TP. It is 5% by mass or less, particularly preferably 1% by mass or less, and may not be substantially contained. In addition, the content of the compound A is preferably not more than 0.1% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass or less, and even more preferably not contained, based on the mass of the polymer TP. By setting the content of the compound A to 20% by mass or less, elution of the polymer TP from the film can be effectively suppressed, and as a result, solvent resistance or heat resistance of the film can be improved. The compound A is a compound having a triarylmethane structure, and specifically, an unreacted material such as a raw material monomer having a triarylmethane structure or an impurity containing a raw material monomer having no polymerizable group. The content of the compound A in the polymer TP can be determined by detecting by ultraviolet light in the GPC measurement of the polymer TP. In the present invention, the content of the compound A in the polymer TP is as follows: by using HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), two TSKgel α-M (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 7.8 mm) will be produced. (Inner diameter) × 30 cm) The column was connected in series as a column, and the measurement conditions were N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (N-Methyl-2-pyrrolidone) having a sample concentration of 0.35% by mass. The NMP) solution, the flow rate was 0.3 mL/min, the sample injection amount was 10 μL, the measurement temperature was 40 ° C, and the value obtained by measurement using an ultraviolet detector was used.

聚合物TP較佳為含有由通式（TP-7）所表示的重複單元的聚合物。 [化40]通式（TP-7）中，R1 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基，R4 表示氫原子或甲基，R1a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基，L11 表示單鍵、或碳數1～30的二價的連結基；L12 及L13 表示單鍵、或碳數1～30的二價的連結基；R2 表示碳數1～10的烴基；R3 表示交聯性基；X表示含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物；a～d為重複單元的質量比，a及d表示超過0的數，b及c分別獨立地表示0以上的數。The polymer TP is preferably a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (TP-7). [化40] In the formula (TP-7), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 1a represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group, and L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; L 12 and L 13 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; and R 2 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; 3 represents a crosslinkable group; X represents a compound containing a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion, a tris(sulfonyl) methide anion or a sulfonate anion; a to d are mass ratios of repeating units, a and d represents a number exceeding 0, and b and c each independently represent a number of 0 or more.

通式（TP-7）中，R1 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基，較佳為碳數1～6的烷基。烷基的碳數較佳為1～3。烷基較佳為直鏈狀。 R2 表示碳數1～10的烴基。烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀，較佳為直鏈狀或環狀。烴基較佳為脂肪族烴基，較佳為烷基。尤其，R2 較佳為碳數5～10的環狀的烷基、碳數1～8的直鏈狀的烷基或碳數3～8的分支狀的烷基。環狀的烷基的碳數較佳為6～8，更佳為6。直鏈狀的烷基的碳數較佳為1或2，更佳為1。分支狀的烷基的碳數較佳為3～8。烴基亦可具有取代基，取代基較佳為羥基。作為烴基具有取代基時的例子，較佳為羥基乙基。 R3 表示交聯性基。交聯性基可列舉：選自含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、噁唑啉基、由-C-O-R所表示的基（其中，R表示氫原子或碳數1～20的烷基）及碳酸酯基中的至少一種。作為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、二環戊烯基等。 R4 表示氫原子或甲基，較佳為甲基。 R1a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基，較佳為伸烷基。伸烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀及環狀的任一種，較佳為環狀。伸烷基的碳數較佳為1～8，更佳為1～6。伸芳基的碳數較佳為6～12，更佳為6～10。伸烷基及伸芳基可具有取代基，亦可未經取代。較佳為未經取代。作為取代基，可列舉所述取代基群組A中所說明的取代基。 L11 表示單鍵、或碳數1～30的二價的連結基。二價的連結基可列舉：碳數1～30的伸烷基，碳數6～12的伸芳基，將該些與選自-CO-、-OCO-、-O-、-NH-及-SO2 -中的一種組合而成的基。二價的連結基較佳為伸烷基、或伸烷基、或伸烷基彼此經由選自-O-、-COO-及-OCO-中的一種以上連結而成的連結基。 L12 及L13 表示單鍵、或碳數1～30的二價的連結基。二價的連結基可列舉碳數1～30的伸烷基，碳數6～12的伸芳基，將該些與選自-CO-、-OCO-、-O-、-NH-及-SO2 -中的一種組合而成的基。伸烷基及伸芳基可具有取代基，亦可未經取代。作為取代基，可列舉所述取代基群組A。其中，較佳為羥基。 通式（TP-7）中，「-L11 -R1a -」部分中的構成將重複單元A的主鏈與三芳基甲烷結構的R1a 所鍵結的氮原子連接的鏈的原子的數量較佳為1以上，更佳為2以上，進而更佳為3以上，特佳為5以上。上限例如較佳為20以下。In the formula (TP-7), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is preferably linear. R 2 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and is preferably linear or cyclic. The hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, preferably an alkyl group. In particular, R 2 is preferably a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. The cyclic alkyl group preferably has 6 to 8, more preferably 6 carbon atoms. The linear alkyl group preferably has 1 or 2 carbon atoms, more preferably 1. The branched alkyl group preferably has 3 to 8 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably a hydroxyl group. As an example of the case where the hydrocarbon group has a substituent, a hydroxyethyl group is preferred. R 3 represents a crosslinkable group. Examples of the crosslinkable group include a group selected from an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an oxazoline group, and a group represented by -COR (wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon number) At least one of an alkyl group of 1 to 20 and a carbonate group. Examples of the group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a (meth)acrylonitrile group, a vinyl group, and a dicyclopentenyl group. R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a methyl group. R 1a represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group, preferably an alkylene group. The alkylene group may be any of a linear chain, a branched chain, and a cyclic chain, and is preferably cyclic. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 6. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 12, more preferably from 6 to 10. The alkylene group and the extended aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. It is preferably unsubstituted. The substituent described in the substituent group A can be mentioned as a substituent. L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and an extended aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, which are selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -OCO-, -O-, -NH- and A combination of one of -SO 2 -. The divalent linking group is preferably a linking group in which an alkyl group, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group is bonded to each other via one or more selected from the group consisting of -O-, -COO-, and -OCO-. L 12 and L 13 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. The divalent linking group may be an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and an extended aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, which are selected from the group consisting of -CO-, -OCO-, -O-, -NH- and - A combination of one of SO 2 -. The alkylene group and the extended aryl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. The substituent group A can be mentioned as a substituent. Among them, a hydroxyl group is preferred. In the formula (TP-7), the number of atoms in the "-L 11 -R 1a -" moiety constituting the chain connecting the main chain of the repeating unit A and the nitrogen atom to which R 1a of the triarylmethane structure is bonded is constituted. It is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, and particularly preferably 5 or more. The upper limit is preferably, for example, 20 or less.

通式（TP-7）中，X表示含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物，較佳為含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物。 含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物可為單量體，亦可為多聚體。含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子的化合物較佳為由所述通式（AN1）所表示的化合物。 含有三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子的化合物較佳為由所述通式（AN2）所表示的化合物。 含有磺酸根陰離子的化合物較佳為由所述通式（AN3）所表示的化合物。In the formula (TP-7), X represents a compound containing a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion, a tris(sulfonyl)methide anion or a sulfonate anion, preferably containing a bis(sulfonyl) group. A compound of quinone imine. The compound containing a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion may be a single amount or a multimer. The compound containing a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion is preferably a compound represented by the above formula (AN1). The compound containing a tris(sulfonyl)methide anion is preferably a compound represented by the above formula (AN2). The compound containing a sulfonate anion is preferably a compound represented by the above formula (AN3).

a～d為重複單元的質量比，a及d表示超過0的數，b及c分別獨立地表示0以上的數。當將a～d的合計設為1時，a較佳為0.01～0.99。b表示0以上的整數，較佳為0～90。c表示0以上的整數，較佳為0～90。d較佳為0.01～0.99。a to d are the mass ratios of the repeating units, a and d represent numbers exceeding 0, and b and c each independently represent a number of 0 or more. When the total of a to d is set to 1, a is preferably from 0.01 to 0.99. b represents an integer of 0 or more, preferably 0 to 90. c represents an integer of 0 or more, preferably 0 to 90. d is preferably from 0.01 to 0.99.

以下表示本發明中聚合物TP的具體例，但並不限定於該些具體例。Specific examples of the polymer TP in the present invention are shown below, but are not limited to these specific examples.

[化41][化42][化43][化44][化45] [化41] [化42] [化43] [化44] [化45]

＜聚合物TP的製造方法＞ 本發明的聚合物TP可使如下的原料單體進行聚合來製造，所述原料單體至少包含具有由選自通式（TP1a）、及通式（TP2a）中的至少一種所表示的三芳基甲烷結構的三芳基甲烷單體、及具有交聯性基的單體。原料單體可進而包含具有酸基的單體、或具有所述其他重複單元中所說明的官能基的單體。 [化46]通式（TP1a）及通式（TP2a）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；Rtp5 、Rtp6 、Rtp8 、Rtp9 及Rtp11 分別獨立地表示取代基；Rtp7 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp71 Rtp72 ；Rtp71 及Rtp72 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；Rtp10 表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；a、b、c及d分別獨立地表示0～4的整數；當a、b、c及d為2以上時，Rtp5 、Rtp6 、Rtp8 及Rtp9 中的2個可相互連結而形成環；X表示陰離子，或者不存在X且Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個包含陰離子；Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個具有聚合性基。<Method for Producing Polymer TP> The polymer TP of the present invention can be produced by polymerizing a raw material monomer having at least one selected from the group consisting of a general formula (TP1a) and a general formula (TP2a). At least one of a triarylmethane monomer having a triarylmethane structure and a monomer having a crosslinkable group. The raw material monomer may further comprise a monomer having an acid group or a monomer having a functional group described in the other repeating unit. [Chem. 46] In the general formula (TP1a) and the formula (TP2a), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substitution. Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; , b, c, and d each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; when a, b, c, and d are 2 or more, two of Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , and Rtp 9 may be linked to each other to form a ring. ; X represents an anion, or X and absent Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 and at least one contains an anionic Rtp 72; Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 Rtp and having at least one polymerizable group 72.

Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 、Rtp72 及X的含義與通式（TP1a）、及通式（TP2a）的Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 、Rtp72 及X相同，較佳的範圍亦相同。 通式（TP1a）及通式（TP2a）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個具有聚合性基。較佳為Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個具有聚合性基。作為聚合性基，可列舉：乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基等，較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 , Rtp meaning as the general formula (TP1a) Rtp 72, and X, and the general formula (TP2a) of 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71, Rtp 72 and the same as X, preferred ranges are also the same . In the general formula (TP1a) and the general formula (TP2a), at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 has a polymerizable group. It is preferred that at least one of Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 has a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group may, for example, be a vinyl group, a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group or a styryl group, and is preferably a (meth) acrylonitrile group.

以下表示三芳基甲烷單體的具體例。以下所示的結構之中，就聚合的觀點而言，較佳為D-42～D-44。 [化47][化48] Specific examples of the triarylmethane monomer are shown below. Among the structures shown below, from the viewpoint of polymerization, D-42 to D-44 are preferable. [化47] [48]

聚合溫度較佳為40℃～90℃，更佳為50℃～70℃。於聚合物中的交聯性基不進行反應的範圍內提高聚合溫度，藉此可使三芳基甲烷單體的聚合容易進行。例如，於所述溫度範圍內進行聚合，藉此抑制聚合物中的環氧基與羧基的反應並可抑制分子量的增大，其結果，可獲得亮度或耐熱性優異的聚合物。另外，可減少三芳基甲烷單體的殘存量，並可使耐溶劑性或電壓保持率變佳。The polymerization temperature is preferably from 40 ° C to 90 ° C, more preferably from 50 ° C to 70 ° C. The polymerization temperature is increased within a range in which the crosslinkable group in the polymer is not reacted, whereby the polymerization of the triarylmethane monomer can be easily carried out. For example, polymerization is carried out in the above temperature range, whereby the reaction between the epoxy group and the carboxyl group in the polymer is suppressed, and the increase in molecular weight can be suppressed, and as a result, a polymer excellent in brightness or heat resistance can be obtained. In addition, the residual amount of the triarylmethane monomer can be reduced, and the solvent resistance or voltage holding ratio can be improved.

聚合較佳為於合計含有30質量%～60質量%的所述原料單體的溶液中進行。溶液中的原料單體的含量更佳為35質量%～55質量%，進而更佳為40質量%～55質量%。若原料單體的含量為所述範圍，則可使三芳基甲烷單體的聚合容易進行。其結果，可減少聚合物TP中的化合物A的含量。 作為原料單體的反應溶液的製備中所使用的溶劑，可列舉後述的著色組成物可含有的溶劑。The polymerization is preferably carried out in a solution containing a total of 30% by mass to 60% by mass of the raw material monomers. The content of the raw material monomer in the solution is more preferably from 35% by mass to 55% by mass, still more preferably from 40% by mass to 55% by mass. When the content of the raw material monomer is in the above range, the polymerization of the triarylmethane monomer can be easily carried out. As a result, the content of the compound A in the polymer TP can be reduced. The solvent used for the preparation of the reaction solution as a raw material monomer is a solvent which can be contained in the coloring composition mentioned later.

於聚合時亦可添加鏈轉移劑。作為鏈轉移劑，較佳為烷基硫醇，較佳為碳數4以上的烷基硫醇或經羧基、醚基、酯基取代的烷基硫醇。尤其，就臭氣的觀點而言，較佳為十二基硫醇、二季戊四醇六-3-巰基丙酸酯，進而，就促進顯影性的觀點而言，較佳為硫代蘋果酸、巰基丙酸。 於結束聚合後，亦可進行精製處理。藉此，可減少化合物A的含量。A chain transfer agent may also be added during the polymerization. The chain transfer agent is preferably an alkylthiol, preferably an alkylthiol having 4 or more carbon atoms or an alkylthiol substituted with a carboxyl group, an ether group or an ester group. In particular, from the viewpoint of odor, t-dodecyl mercaptan and dipentaerythritol hexa-3-mercaptopropionate are preferred, and further, thiomalic acid and sulfhydryl group are preferred from the viewpoint of promoting developability. Propionic acid. After the polymerization is completed, the refining treatment can also be carried out. Thereby, the content of the compound A can be reduced.

本發明的著色組成物中，相對於本發明的著色組成物的總固體成分，聚合物TP的含量較佳為10質量%～60質量%，更佳為10質量%～40質量%。In the colored composition of the present invention, the content of the polymer TP is preferably 10% by mass to 60% by mass, and more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition of the present invention.

＜＜其他著色化合物＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物亦可含有一種或兩種以上的所述聚合物TP以外的其他著色化合物。作為其他著色化合物，可列舉：染料化合物、顏料化合物及該些的分散物。 當調配顏料化合物作為分散物時，可根據日本專利特開平9-197118號公報、日本專利特開2000-239544號公報的記載來製備。<<Other Coloring Compound>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain one or two or more kinds of coloring compounds other than the polymer TP. Examples of the other coloring compound include a dye compound, a pigment compound, and a dispersion thereof. When the pigment compound is formulated as a dispersion, it can be prepared according to the description of JP-A-H09-197118, JP-A-2000-239544.

作為染料化合物，例如可列舉：偶氮系（例如溶劑黃162）、蒽醌系（例如日本專利特開2001-10881號公報中所記載的蒽醌化合物）、酞菁系（例如美國專利2008/0076044A1中所記載的酞菁化合物）、呫噸系（例如C.I.酸性紅289（C.I.Acid.Red 289））、三芳基甲烷系（例如C.I.酸性藍7（C.I.Acid Blue 7）、C.I.酸性藍83（C.I.Acid Blue 83）、C.I.酸性藍90（C.I.Acid Blue 90）、C.I.溶劑藍38（C.I.Solvent Blue 38）、C.I.酸性紫17（C.I.Acid Violet 17）、C.I.酸性紫49（C.I.Acid Violet 49）、C.I.酸性綠3（C.I.Acid Green 3））、次甲基染料、呫噸染料（例如日本專利特開2010-32999號公報）、二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物（例如日本專利特開2012-237985號公報）等。Examples of the dye compound include an azo-based (for example, Solvent Yellow 162), an anthraquinone-based (for example, an anthracene compound described in JP-A-2001-10881), and a phthalocyanine-based (for example, US Patent 2008/ The phthalocyanine compound described in 0076044A1, the xanthene system (for example, CI Acid Red 289), and the triarylmethane system (for example, CI Acid Blue 7 (CIAcid Blue 7), CI Acid Blue 83 ( CIAcid Blue 83), CI Acid Blue 90 (CIAcid Blue 38), CI Solvent Blue 38, CI Acid Violet 17 (CIAcid Violet 17), CI Acid Violet 49 (CIAcid Violet 49), CI Acid Green 3), methine dye, xanthene dye (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-32999), and dipyrromethene metal-based compound (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012- Bulletin No. 237985).

作為顏料化合物，可列舉：苝、紫環酮、喹吖啶酮、喹吖啶酮醌、蒽醌、蒽締蒽酮、苯并咪唑酮、雙偶氮縮合、雙偶氮、偶氮、陰丹士林、酞菁、三芳基碳鎓、二噁嗪、胺基蒽醌、二酮吡咯并吡咯、靛藍、硫靛藍、異吲哚啉、異吲哚啉酮、皮蒽酮或異紫蒽酮等。更詳細而言，例如可列舉：顏料紅190、顏料紅224、顏料紫29等苝化合物顏料，顏料橙43、或顏料紅194等紫環酮化合物顏料，顏料紫19、顏料紫42、顏料紅122、顏料紅192、顏料紅202、顏料紅207、或顏料紅209的喹吖啶酮化合物顏料，顏料紅206、顏料橙48、或顏料橙49等喹吖啶酮醌化合物顏料，顏料黃147等蒽醌化合物顏料，顏料紅168等蒽締蒽酮化合物顏料，顏料棕25、顏料紫32、顏料橙36、顏料黃120、顏料黃180、顏料黃181、顏料橙62、或顏料紅185等苯并咪唑酮化合物顏料，顏料黃93、顏料黃94、顏料黃95、顏料黃128、顏料黃166、顏料橙34、顏料橙13、顏料橙31、顏料紅144、顏料紅166、顏料紅220、顏料紅221、顏料紅242、顏料紅248、顏料紅262、或顏料棕23等雙偶氮縮合化合物顏料，顏料黃13、顏料黃83、或顏料黃188等雙偶氮化合物顏料，顏料紅187、顏料紅170、顏料黃74、顏料黃150、顏料紅48、顏料紅53、顏料橙64、或顏料紅247等偶氮化合物顏料，顏料藍60等陰丹士林化合物顏料，顏料綠7、顏料綠36、顏料綠37、顏料綠58、顏料藍16、顏料藍75、或顏料藍15等酞菁化合物顏料，顏料藍56、或顏料藍61等三芳基碳鎓化合物顏料，顏料紫23、或顏料紫37等二噁嗪化合物顏料，顏料紅177等胺基蒽醌化合物顏料，顏料紅254、顏料紅255、顏料紅264、顏料紅272、顏料橙71、或顏料橙73等二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料，顏料紅88等硫靛藍化合物顏料，顏料黃139、顏料橙66等異吲哚啉化合物顏料，顏料黃109、或顏料橙61等異吲哚啉酮化合物顏料，顏料橙40、或顏料紅216等皮蒽酮化合物顏料，或者顏料紫31等異紫蒽酮化合物顏料。 於本發明中，較佳為綠色～青色的色材，較佳為顏料綠7、顏料綠36、顏料綠37、顏料綠58、顏料藍16、顏料藍75、或顏料藍15等酞菁化合物顏料，顏料藍56、或顏料藍61等三芳基碳鎓化合物顏料，顏料紫23、或顏料紫37等二噁嗪化合物顏料，顏料紅177等胺基蒽醌化合物顏料，顏料紅254、顏料紅255、顏料紅264、顏料紅272、顏料橙71、或顏料橙73等二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物顏料，顏料紅88等硫靛藍化合物顏料，顏料黃139、顏料橙66等異吲哚啉化合物顏料，顏料黃109、或顏料橙61等異吲哚啉酮化合物顏料，顏料橙40、或顏料紅216等皮蒽酮化合物顏料，或顏料紫31等異紫蒽酮化合物顏料。 尤其，作為其他著色化合物，較佳為含有選自呫噸化合物、二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物、噁嗪化合物及酞菁化合物中的至少一種，更佳為含有選自呫噸化合物及二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物中的至少一種。Examples of the pigment compound include anthracene, picocyclic ketone, quinacridone, quinacridone oxime, hydrazine, fluorenone, benzimidazolone, bisazo condensate, disazo, azo, yin Dansolin, phthalocyanine, triarylcarbazine, dioxazine, aminoguanidine, diketopyrrolopyrrole, indigo, thioindigo, isoindoline, isoindolinone, dermatosterone or isopurpurin Ketones, etc. More specifically, examples thereof include an anthraquinone compound pigment such as Pigment Red 190, Pigment Red 224, and Pigment Violet 29, and a purple ketone compound pigment such as Pigment Orange 43 or Pigment Red 194, Pigment Violet 19, Pigment Violet 42, and Pigment Red 122, pigment red 192, pigment red 202, pigment red 207, or pigment red 209 quinacridone compound pigment, pigment red 206, pigment orange 48, or pigment orange 49 quinacridone oxime compound pigment, pigment yellow 147 Isophthalic compound pigment, pigment red 168, etc. phthalocyanine compound pigment, pigment brown 25, pigment violet 32, pigment orange 36, pigment yellow 120, pigment yellow 180, pigment yellow 181, pigment orange 62, or pigment red 185, etc. Benzimidazolone compound pigment, pigment yellow 93, pigment yellow 94, pigment yellow 95, pigment yellow 128, pigment yellow 166, pigment orange 34, pigment orange 13, pigment orange 31, pigment red 144, pigment red 166, pigment red 220 Bismuth condensed compound pigment such as Pigment Red 221, Pigment Red 242, Pigment Red 248, Pigment Red 262, or Pigment Brown 23, bisazo compound pigment such as Pigment Yellow 13, Pigment Yellow 83, or Pigment Yellow 188, Pigment Red 187, Pigment Red 170, Pigment Yellow 74, Yan Anthraquinone compound pigments such as yellow pigment 150, pigment red 48, pigment red 53, pigment orange 64, or pigment red 247, pigment blue 60 and other indanthrene compound pigments, pigment green 7, pigment green 36, pigment green 37, pigment a phthalocyanine compound pigment such as green 58, pigment blue 16, pigment blue 75, or pigment blue 15, a triarylcarbamate compound pigment such as Pigment Blue 56 or Pigment Blue 61, a dioxazine compound such as Pigment Violet 23 or Pigment Violet 37 Amine, phthalocyanine compound pigment such as pigment, pigment red 177, pigment red 254, pigment red 255, pigment red 264, pigment red 272, pigment orange 71, or pigment orange 73, etc., diketopyrrolopyrrole compound pigment, pigment red 88, etc. Thiopurine compound pigment, pigment huang 139, pigment orange 66 and other isoporphyrin compound pigment, pigment yellow 109, or pigment orange 61 and other isoindolinone compound pigment, pigment orange 40, or pigment red 216 and other skin ketone compounds Pigment, or isopurinone pigment such as Pigment Violet 31. In the present invention, a green to cyan color material is preferable, and a phthalocyanine compound such as Pigment Green 7, Pigment Green 36, Pigment Green 37, Pigment Green 58, Pigment Blue 16, Pigment Blue 75, or Pigment Blue 15 is preferable. a triarylcarbazone compound pigment such as pigment, pigment blue 56, or pigment blue 61, a dioxazine compound pigment such as Pigment Violet 23 or Pigment Violet 37, an amine-based compound pigment such as Pigment Red 177, Pigment Red 254, Pigment Red 255, pigment red 264, pigment red 272, pigment orange 71, or pigment orange 73 and other diketopyrrolopyrrole compound pigments, pigment red 88 and other sulfur indigo compound pigments, pigment yellow 139, pigment orange 66 and other isoporphyrin compound pigments An isoindolinone compound pigment such as Pigment Yellow 109 or Pigment Orange 61, a Pipione compound pigment such as Pigment Orange 40 or Pigment Red 216, or an isopurinone pigment such as Pigment Violet 31. In particular, as the other coloring compound, it is preferred to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a xanthene compound, a dipyrromethene metal complex compound, an oxazine compound, and a phthalocyanine compound, and more preferably contains a compound selected from the group consisting of xanthene compounds and At least one of a pyrrolethymethylene metal compound.

＜呫噸化合物＞ 呫噸化合物是於分子內具有呫噸骨架的化合物。作為呫噸化合物，例如可列舉：染料索引（Colour Index，C.I.）酸性紅51（以下，省略C.I.酸性紅的記載，僅記載編號。其他亦相同）、52、87、92、94、289、388，C.I.酸性紫9、30、102，C.I.鹼性紅1（若丹明6G）、2、3、4、8，C.I.鹼性紅10（若丹明B）、11，C.I.鹼性紫10、11、25，C.I.溶劑紅218，C.I.媒介紅27，C.I.活性紅36（孟加拉玫瑰紅B），磺基若丹明G，日本專利特開2010-32999號公報中所記載的呫噸化合物及日本專利第4492760號公報中所記載的呫噸化合物等。<呫吨化合物> A xanthene compound is a compound having a xanthene skeleton in a molecule. Examples of the xanthene compound include a dye index (CI) acid red 51 (hereinafter, the description of CI acid red is omitted, only the number is described. Others are the same), 52, 87, 92, 94, 289, 388 , CI Acid Violet 9, 30, 102, CI Alkaline Red 1 (Rhodamine 6G), 2, 3, 4, 8, CI Alkaline Red 10 (Rhodamine B), 11, CI Alkaline Violet 10, 11, 25, CI Solvent Red 218, CI Medium Red 27, CI Reactive Red 36 (Bangladesh Rose B), Sulfo Rhodamine G, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-32999, and xenon compounds and Japan The xanthene compound described in Japanese Patent No. 4492760.

作為呫噸化合物，較佳為含有由通式（1a）所表示的化合物（以下，有時稱為「化合物（1a）」）。化合物（1a）亦可為其互變異構體。當使用化合物（1a）時，呫噸化合物中的化合物（1a）的含量較佳為50質量%以上，更佳為70質量%以上，進而更佳為90質量%以上。尤其，作為呫噸化合物，較佳為僅使用化合物（1a）。The xanthene compound preferably contains a compound represented by the formula (1a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (1a)"). Compound (1a) may also be a tautomer thereof. When the compound (1a) is used, the content of the compound (1a) in the xanthene compound is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and still more preferably 90% by mass or more. In particular, as the xanthene compound, it is preferred to use only the compound (1a).

通式（1a） [化49]通式（1a）中，R1 ～R4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、可具有取代基的碳數1～20的一價的飽和烴基、或可具有取代基的碳數6～10的一價的芳香族烴基，所述飽和烴基中所含有的-CH2 -可由-O-、-CO-或-NR11 -取代； R1 及R2 可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的環，R3 及R4 可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的環； R5 表示-OH、-SO3 - 、-SO3 H、-SO3 - Z+ 、-CO2 H、-CO2 - Z+ 、-CO2 R8 、-SO3 R8 或-SO2 NR9 R10 ； R6 及R7 分別獨立地表示碳數1～6的烷基； m1表示0～5的整數。當m1為2以上時，多個R5 可相同，亦可不同； m2及m3分別獨立地表示0～3的整數。當m2及m3分別獨立地為2或3時，多個R6 及R7 分別獨立地可相同，亦可不同； a表示0或1；當a表示0時，R1 ～R7 的任一個基具有陰離子； X- 表示陰離子； Z+ 表示N+ (R11 )4 、Na+ 或K+ ，4個R11 可相同，亦可不同； R8 表示碳數1～20的一價的飽和烴基，所述飽和烴基中所含有的氫原子可由鹵素原子取代； R9 及R10 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～20的一價的飽和烴基，所述飽和脂肪族烴基中所含有的-CH2 -可由-O-、-CO-、-NH-或-NR8 -取代，R9 及R10 可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的3員環～10員環的雜環； R11 表示氫原子、碳數1～20的一價的飽和烴基或碳數7～10的芳烷基。General formula (1a) [化49] In the formula (1a), R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a monovalent carbon number of 6 to 10 which may have a substituent. The aromatic hydrocarbon group, -CH 2 - contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted by -O-, -CO- or -NR 11 -; R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring containing a nitrogen atom, R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring containing a nitrogen atom; R 5 represents -OH, -SO 3 - , -SO 3 H, -SO 3 - Z + , -CO 2 H, -CO 2 - Z + -CO 2 R 8 , -SO 3 R 8 or -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 ; R 6 and R 7 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and m 1 represents an integer of 0 to 5. When m1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 5 's may be the same or different; m 2 and m 3 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3. When m2 and m3 are independently 2 or 3, respectively, a plurality of R 6 and R 7 may be independently the same or different; a represents 0 or 1; when a represents 0, any of R 1 to R 7 The group has an anion; X - represents an anion; Z + represents N + (R 11 ) 4 , Na + or K + , and four R 11 's may be the same or different; R 8 represents a monovalent saturation of carbon numbers 1-20 a hydrocarbon group in which a hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted by a halogen atom; and R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, which is contained in the saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group; -CH 2 - may be substituted by -O-, -CO-, -NH- or -NR 8 -, and R 9 and R 10 may be bonded to each other to form a heterocyclic ring of a 3-membered to 10-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom; R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms.

作為R1 ～R4 中的碳數6～10的一價的芳香族烴基，例如可列舉：苯基、甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基、均三甲苯基、丙基苯基及丁基苯基等。其中，較佳為甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基、均三甲苯基、丙基苯基，特別是甲苯甲醯基、二甲苯基，其中，較佳為2,6-二取代的二甲苯基。Examples of the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in R 1 to R 4 include a phenyl group, a tolylmethyl group, a xylyl group, a mesityl group, a propylphenyl group, and a butylbenzene group. Base. Of these, a tolylmethyl group, a xylyl group, a mesityl group, a propylphenyl group, particularly a tolylmethyl group, a xylyl group, and a 2,6-disubstituted xylyl group are preferred. .

作為芳香族烴基可具有的取代基，可列舉：鹵素原子、-R8 、-OH、-OR8 、-SO3 -、-SO3 H、-SO3 - Z+ 、-CO2 H、-CO2 R8 、-SR8 、-SO2 R8 、-SO3 R8 或-SO2 NR9 R10 。該些之中，作為取代基，較佳為-SO3 -、-SO3 H、-SO3 - Z+ 及-SO2 NR9 R10 ，更佳為-SO3 - Z+ 及-SO2 NR9 R10 。作為該情況下的-SO3 - Z+ ，較佳為-SO3 - N+ (R11 )4 。 藉由R1 ～R4 為該些基，可形成耐熱性更優異的彩色濾光片。Examples of the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have include a halogen atom, -R 8 , -OH, -OR 8 , -SO 3 -, -SO 3 H, -SO 3 - Z + , -CO 2 H, - CO 2 R 8 , -SR 8 , -SO 2 R 8 , -SO 3 R 8 or -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 . The Among these, as a substituent group, is preferably -SO 3 -, - SO 3 H , -SO 3 - Z + and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10, more preferably -SO 3 - Z + and -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 . As -SO 3 - Z + in this case, -SO 3 - N + (R 11 ) 4 is preferable. When R 1 to R 4 are these groups, a color filter having more excellent heat resistance can be formed.

作為R1 及R2 相互鍵結而形成的環、以及R3 及R4 相互鍵結而形成的環，例如可列舉以下者。 [化50]該些之中，就化合物穩定性的觀點而言，較佳為以下所示的結構。 [化51] Examples of the ring formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other and the ring formed by bonding R 3 and R 4 to each other include the following. [化50] Among these, from the viewpoint of the stability of the compound, the structure shown below is preferred. [化51]

作為R8 ～R11 中的碳數1～20的一價的飽和烴基，例如可列舉：甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二基、十六基、二十基等直鏈狀烷基；異丙基、異丁基、異戊基、新戊基、2-乙基己基等支鏈狀烷基；環丙基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基、三環癸基等碳數3～20的脂環式飽和烴基。 其中，較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、2-乙基己基，特佳為丙基、異丙基、丁基、己基、2-乙基己基。 碳數1～20的一價的飽和烴基中所含有的氫原子例如可由碳數6～10的芳香族烴基或鹵素原子取代。Examples of the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 8 to R 11 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, and a decyl group. a linear alkyl group such as a fluorenyl group, a dodecyl group, a hexadecyl group or a hexyl group; a branched alkyl group such as an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group or a 2-ethylhexyl group; An alicyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms such as a propyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group or a tricyclodecyl group. Among them, preferred are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, particularly preferably propyl, isopropyl, butyl. , hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl. The hydrogen atom contained in the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be substituted with, for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a halogen atom.

作為-OR8 ，例如可列舉：甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、2-乙基己氧基及二十氧基等。其中，較佳為甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基。Examples of -OR 8 include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a heptyloxy group, an octyloxy group, a 2-ethylhexyloxy group, and two. Decoxy and the like. Among them, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, and a butoxy group are preferred.

作為-CO2 R8 ，例如可列舉：甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、己氧基羰基及二十氧基羰基等。其中，較佳為甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基。Examples of the -CO 2 R 8 include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, a third butoxycarbonyl group, a hexyloxycarbonyl group, and an icosyloxycarbonyl group. Among them, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, and a propoxycarbonyl group are preferred.

作為-SR8 ，例如可列舉：甲硫基、乙硫基、丁硫基、己硫基、癸硫基及二十硫基等。 作為-SO2 R8 ，例如可列舉：甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基、己基磺醯基、癸基磺醯基及二十基磺醯基等。 作為-SO3 R8 ，例如可列舉：甲氧基磺醯基、乙氧基磺醯基、丙氧基磺醯基、第三丁氧基磺醯基、己氧基磺醯基及二十氧基磺醯基等。Examples of -SR 8 include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a butylthio group, a hexylthio group, a sulfoniumthio group, and a stearyl group. Examples of -SO 2 R 8 include a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a butylsulfonyl group, a hexylsulfonyl group, a decylsulfonyl group, and a decylsulfonyl group. Examples of -SO 3 R 8 include a methoxysulfonyl group, an ethoxysulfonyl group, a propoxysulfonyl group, a third butoxysulfonyl group, a hexyloxysulfonyl group, and Oxysulfonyl and the like.

作為-SO2 NR9 R10 ，例如可列舉：胺磺醯基； N-甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-丙基胺磺醯基、N-異丙基胺磺醯基、N-丁基胺磺醯基、N-異丁基胺磺醯基、N-第二丁基胺磺醯基、N-第三丁基胺磺醯基、N-戊基胺磺醯基、N-(1-乙基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,1-二甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,2-二甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(2,2-二甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(1-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-(2-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-(3-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-環戊基胺磺醯基、N-己基胺磺醯基、N-(1,3-二甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-(3,3-二甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N-庚基胺磺醯基、N-(1-甲基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,4-二甲基戊基)胺磺醯基、N-辛基胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(1,5-二甲基)己基胺磺醯基、N-(1,1,2,2-四甲基丁基)胺磺醯基等N-1取代胺磺醯基； N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-乙基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-二乙基胺磺醯基、N,N-丙基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-異丙基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-第三丁基甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-丁基乙基胺磺醯基、N,N-雙(1-甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、N,N-庚基甲基胺磺醯基等N,N-2取代胺磺醯基等。 其中，較佳為N-甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-丙基胺磺醯基、N-異丙基胺磺醯基、N-丁基胺磺醯基、N-戊基胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基，更佳為N-甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-丙基胺磺醯基、N-丁基胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基。Examples of -SO 2 NR 9 R 10 include an aminesulfonyl group; N-methylaminesulfonyl group, N-ethylaminesulfonyl group, N-propylaminesulfonyl group, and N-isopropyl group; Aminesulfonyl, N-butylamine sulfonyl, N-isobutylamine sulfonyl, N-tert-butylamine sulfonyl, N-tert-butylamine sulfonyl, N-pentyl Aminesulfonyl, N-(1-ethylpropyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(1,2-dimethylpropyl Aminesulfonyl, N-(2-ethylhexyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(1-methylbutyl)amine sulfonate Mercapto, N-(2-methylbutyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(3-methylbutyl)amine sulfonyl, N-cyclopentylamine sulfonyl, N-hexylamine sulfonyl , N-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(3,3-dimethylbutyl)amine sulfonyl, N-heptylamine sulfonyl, N-(1 -Methylhexyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(1,4-dimethylpentyl)aminesulfonyl, N-octylaminesulfonyl, N-(2-ethylhexyl)aminesulfonyl N-substituted aminesulfonyl group such as N-(1,5-dimethyl)hexylaminesulfonyl, N-(1,1,2,2-tetramethylbutyl)aminesulfonyl; N , N-dimethylamine sulfonyl, N,N-ethylmethylamine sulfonyl N,N-Diethylamine sulfonyl, N,N-propylmethylamine sulfonyl, N,N-isopropylmethylamine sulfonyl, N,N-tert-butylmethylamine sulfonate N,N-N-butylethylamine sulfonyl, N,N-bis(1-methylpropyl)amine sulfonyl, N,N-heptylmethylamine sulfonyl, etc. N,N- 2 substituted amine sulfonyl and the like. Among them, preferred are N-methylaminesulfonyl, N-ethylaminesulfonyl, N-propylaminesulfonyl, N-isopropylaminesulfonyl, N-butylaminesulfonyl , N-pentylamine sulfonyl, N-(2-ethylhexyl)amine sulfonyl, more preferably N-methylamine sulfonyl, N-ethylamine sulfonyl, N-propylamine Sulfonyl, N-butylaminesulfonyl, N-(2-ethylhexyl)aminesulfonyl.

R9 、R10 中的碳數1～20的一價的飽和烴基亦可具有取代基，作為取代基，可列舉羥基及鹵素原子。The monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 9 and R 10 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.

R5 較佳為-CO2 H、-CO2 - Z+ 、-CO2 R8 、-CO2 NHR9 、-SO3 - 、-SO3 - Z+ 、-SO3 H、-SO2 R8 、或-SO2 NHR9 ，更佳為-SO3 - 、-SO3 - Z+ 、-SO3 H或-SO2 NHR9 。 m1較佳為1～4的整數，更佳為1或2。 R6 及R7 分別獨立地表示碳數1～6的烷基。 m2及m3分別獨立地表示0～3的整數，較佳為0。 作為R11 中的碳數7～10的芳烷基，可列舉：苄基、苯基乙基、苯基丁基等。R 5 is preferably -CO 2 H, -CO 2 - Z + , -CO 2 R 8 , -CO 2 NHR 9 , -SO 3 - , -SO 3 - Z + , -SO 3 H, -SO 2 R 8 or -SO 2 NHR 9 , more preferably -SO 3 - , -SO 3 - Z + , -SO 3 H or -SO 2 NHR 9 . M1 is preferably an integer of from 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2. R 6 and R 7 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. M2 and m3 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, preferably 0. Examples of the aralkyl group having 7 to 10 carbon atoms in R 11 include a benzyl group, a phenylethyl group, and a phenylbutyl group.

a表示0或1，當a表示0時，R1 ～R7 的任一個基具有陰離子，較佳為R5 具有陰離子。 X- 對應於通式（1a）中所含有的陽離子的價數來含有，通常為一價或二價，較佳為一價。作為陰離子X- ，可例示：氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子等或低親核性陰離子，較佳為氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子或碘陰離子。所謂低親核性陰離子，表示具有比硫酸的pKa低的pKa的有機酸解離而成的陰離子結構。作為陰離子的例子，可列舉日本專利特開2007-310315號公報的段落號0075中所記載的低親核性陰離子、日本專利特開2012-173399號公報的段落0016～段落0025中所記載的陰離子、日本專利特開2013-037316號公報的段落0025～段落0033中所記載的陰離子部等，該些的內容可被編入至本說明書中。 Z+ 為N+ (R11 )4 、Na+ 或K+ ，較佳為N+ (R11 )4 。 N+ (R11 )4 較佳為4個R11 中的至少兩個為碳數5～20的一價的飽和烴基。另外，4個R11 的合計碳數較佳為20～80，更佳為20～60。a represents 0 or 1, and when a represents 0, any of R 1 to R 7 has an anion, and preferably R 5 has an anion. X - cation corresponding to the formula (1a) contained in valence to contain, usually a monovalent or divalent, preferably a monovalent. The anion X - may, for example, be a fluoride anion, a chloride anion, a bromine anion, an iodine anion, a cyanide ion, a perchlorate anion or the like or a low nucleophilic anion, preferably a fluoride anion, a chloride anion, a bromine anion or an iodine anion. . The low nucleophilic anion means an anion structure in which an organic acid having a pKa lower than the pKa of sulfuric acid is dissociated. Examples of the anion include the low nucleophilic anion described in paragraph 0075 of JP-A-2007-310315, and the anion described in paragraphs 0016 to 0025 of JP-A-2012-173399. An anion portion or the like described in paragraphs 0025 to 0033 of JP-A-2013-037316, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Z + is N + (R 11 ) 4 , Na + or K + , preferably N + (R 11 ) 4 . N + (R 11 ) 4 is preferably at least two of the four R 11 groups being a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. Further, the total carbon number of the four R 11 is preferably from 20 to 80, more preferably from 20 to 60.

化合物（1a）較佳為由通式（3a）所表示的化合物（以下有時稱為「化合物（3a）」）。化合物（3a）亦可為其互變異構體。The compound (1a) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (3a) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "compound (3a)"). Compound (3a) can also be a tautomer thereof.

[化52]通式（3a）中，R31 及R32 分別獨立地表示碳數1～10的一價的飽和烴基。碳數1～10的一價的飽和烴基中所含有的氫原子亦可由碳數6～10的芳香族烴基或鹵素原子取代。碳數6～10的芳香族烴基中所含有的氫原子亦可由碳數1～3的烷氧基取代，碳數1～10的一價的飽和烴基中所含有的-CH2 -亦可由-O-、-CO-或-NR11 -取代。 R33 及R34 分別獨立地表示碳數1～4的烷基、碳數1～4的烷硫基（alkyl sulfanyl）或碳數1～4的烷基磺醯基。 R31 及R33 可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的環，R32 及R34 可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的環。 p及q分別獨立地表示0～5的整數。當p為2以上時，多個R33 可相同，亦可不同。當q為2以上時，多個R34 可相同，亦可不同。 R11 的含義與通式（1a）中的R11 相同。[化52] In the formula (3a), R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The hydrogen atom contained in the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may be substituted with an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. The hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms may be substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and the -CH 2 - contained in the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms may be - O-, -CO- or -NR 11 - is substituted. R 33 and R 34 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl sulfanyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 31 and R 33 may be bonded to each other to form a ring containing a nitrogen atom, and R 32 and R 34 may be bonded to each other to form a ring containing a nitrogen atom. p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5. When p is 2 or more, a plurality of R 33 may be the same or different. When q is 2 or more, a plurality of R 34 may be the same or different. The same meaning as R 11 in the general formula (1a) in R 11.

作為R31 及R32 中的碳數1～10的一價的飽和烴基，可列舉通式（1a）中的R8 中所說明的碳數1～10的一價的飽和烴基中的碳數1～10的一價的飽和烴基。其中，較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、己基、2-乙基己基。可作為取代基而具有的碳數6～10的芳香族烴基可列舉通式（1a）中的R1 中所說明的碳數6～10的一價的芳香族烴基。 作為可取代碳數6～10的芳香族烴基中所含有的氫原子的碳數1～3的烷氧基，例如可列舉：甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等。 R31 及R32 較佳為分別獨立地為碳數1～3的一價的飽和烴基。Examples of the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 31 and R 32 include the carbon number in the monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms described in R 8 in the formula (1a). A monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 10. Among them, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, and a 2-ethylhexyl group are preferred. The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may be used as a substituent may be a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms as described for R 1 in the formula (1a). The alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms may, for example, be a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group. R 31 and R 32 are each independently a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

作為R33 及R34 中的碳數1～4的烷基，可列舉：甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等。其中，較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基。 作為R33 及R34 中的碳數1～4的烷硫基，可列舉：甲硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、丁硫基及異丙硫基等。 作為R33 及R34 中的碳數1～4的烷基磺醯基，可列舉：甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基及異丙基磺醯基等。Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R 33 and R 34 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, and a third butyl group. . Among them, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group are preferred. Examples of the alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R 33 and R 34 include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, and an isopropylthio group. Examples of the alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R 33 and R 34 include a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a propylsulfonyl group, a butylsulfonyl group, and an isopropyl group. Sulfonyl and the like.

p及q較佳為0～2的整數，較佳為0或1。p and q are preferably an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1.

作為化合物（1a）的具體例，可列舉日本專利特開2014-005451號公報的段落號0039～段落號0046中所記載的由式（1-1）～式（1-43）所表示的化合物，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。Specific examples of the compound (1a) include the compounds represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-43) described in Paragraph No. 0039 to Paragraph No. 0046 of JP-A-2014-005451 The contents can be incorporated into this specification.

呫噸化合物可使用市售的呫噸染料（例如，中外化成（股份）製造的「Chugai Aminol Fast Pink R-H/C」、田岡化學工業（股份）製造的「若丹明（Rhodamin）6G」）。另外，亦可將市售的呫噸染料作為起始原料，並參考日本專利特開2010-32999號公報來合成，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。As the xanthene compound, a commercially available xanthene dye (for example, "Chugai Aminol Fast Pink R-H/C" manufactured by Sino-foreign Chemicals Co., Ltd., and "Rhodamin 6G" manufactured by Takooka Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) can be used. Further, a commercially available xanthene dye can also be used as a starting material, and is synthesized by referring to Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-32999, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

＜二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物＞ 作為二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物，可列舉由通式（I）所表示的化合物配位於金屬原子或金屬化合物上而成的化合物。<Dipyrromethene-based metal-substituted compound> The compound represented by the formula (I) is a compound in which a compound represented by the formula (I) is bonded to a metal atom or a metal compound.

通式（I） [化53] General formula (I) [53]

通式（I）中，R1 ～R6 分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基，R7 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。In the formula (I), R 1 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.

作為取代基，可列舉所述取代基群組A。當取代基為可進一步取代的基時，亦可由所述取代基的任一者進一步取代。再者，當具有2個以上的取代基時，該些取代基可相同，亦可不同。The substituent group A can be mentioned as a substituent. When the substituent is a group which may be further substituted, it may be further substituted by any of the substituents. Further, when there are two or more substituents, the substituents may be the same or different.

通式（I）中，R1 與R2 、R2 與R3 、R4 與R5 、及R5 與R6 可分別獨立地相互鍵結而形成5員、6員或7員的環。作為所形成的環，可列舉飽和環、或不飽和環。作為該5員、6員或7員的飽和環，或者不飽和環，例如可列舉：吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡咯啶環、哌啶環、環戊烯環、環己烯環、苯環、吡啶環、吡嗪環、噠嗪環，較佳為可列舉苯環、吡啶環。 再者，當所形成的5員、6員及7員的環為可進一步取代的基時，可由所述取代基群組A的任一者取代，當由2個以上的取代基取代時，該些取代基可相同，亦可不同。In the formula (I), R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 4 and R 5 , and R 5 and R 6 may be bonded to each other independently to form a ring of 5 members, 6 members or 7 members. . Examples of the ring to be formed include a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. Examples of the saturated ring or the unsaturated ring of the 5-member, the 6-membered member, or the 7-membered member include a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, and a thiazole ring. The pyrrolidine ring, the piperidine ring, the cyclopentene ring, the cyclohexene ring, the benzene ring, the pyridine ring, the pyrazine ring, and the pyridazine ring are preferably a benzene ring or a pyridine ring. Further, when the formed ring of 5 members, 6 members, and 7 members is a further substitutable group, it may be substituted by any of the substituent groups A, and when substituted by 2 or more substituents, These substituents may be the same or different.

通式（I）中，R1 及R6 較佳為烷基胺基、芳基胺基、碳醯胺基、脲基、醯亞胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基，更佳為碳醯胺基、脲基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基，進而更佳為碳醯胺基、脲基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基，特佳為碳醯胺基、脲基。In the formula (I), R 1 and R 6 are preferably an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, a carboguanamine group, a ureido group, a quinone imine group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group or a sulfonylamino group. More preferably, it is a carbenium group, a ureido group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, a sulfonylamino group, and more preferably a carboguanamine group, a ureido group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group or a sulfonylamino group, particularly preferably Carboguanamine, urea group.

通式（I）中，R2 及R5 較佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、腈基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基磺醯基，更佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、腈基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基磺醯基，進而更佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、腈基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基磺醯基，特佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基。 通式（I）中，R3 及R4 較佳為烷基、芳基或雜環基，較佳為烷基或芳基。In the formula (I), R 2 and R 5 are preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aminecarbenyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a nitrile group or a quinone imine group. An alkalyl sulfonyl group, more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, an alkyl sulfonyl group, a nitrile group, a quinone imine group, an amine carbaryl sulfonyl group, and the like Preferred is alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminemethanyl, nitrile, oxime imido, amine mercaptosulfonyl, particularly preferably alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminecarboxamido . In the formula (I), R 3 and R 4 are preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group.

通式（I）中，當R3 及R4 表示烷基時，作為烷基，較佳為碳數1～12的直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀的烷基，例如可列舉：甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、及苄基。另外，更佳為碳數1～12的分支狀或環狀的烷基，例如可列舉：異丙基、環丙基、異丁基、第三丁基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基。進而更佳為碳數1～12的二級或三級的烷基，例如可列舉：異丙基、環丙基、異丁基、第三丁基、環丁基、環己基等。In the general formula (I), when R 3 and R 4 represent an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group. , ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and benzyl. Further, the branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferably isopropyl, cyclopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclic. Heji. Further, more preferably, it is a secondary or tertiary alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an isopropyl group, a cyclopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.

通式（I）中，當R3 及R4 表示芳基時，作為芳基，較佳為苯基及萘基，更佳為苯基。 當R3 及R4 表示雜環基時，作為雜環基，較佳為2-噻吩基、4-吡啶基、3-吡啶基、2-吡啶基、2-呋喃基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基、1-咪唑基、1-吡唑基或苯并三唑-1-基，更佳為2-噻吩基、4-吡啶基、2-呋喃基、2-嘧啶基或1-吡啶基。In the formula (I), when R 3 and R 4 represent an aryl group, the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. When R 3 and R 4 represent a heterocyclic group, as the heterocyclic group, a 2-thienyl group, a 4-pyridyl group, a 3-pyridyl group, a 2-pyridyl group, a 2-furyl group, a 2-pyrimidinyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl or benzotriazol-1-yl, more preferably 2-thienyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-furyl, 2-pyrimidinyl or 1-pyridyl.

繼而，對形成二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物的金屬原子或金屬化合物進行說明。 作為金屬或金屬化合物，只要是可形成錯合物的金屬原子或金屬化合物，則可為任何金屬原子或金屬化合物，包括二價的金屬原子、二價的金屬氧化物、二價的金屬氫氧化物、或二價的金屬氯化物。例如，除Zn、Mg、Si、Sn、Rh、Pt、Pd、Mo、Mn、Pb、Cu、Ni、Co、Fe、B以外，亦包括AlCl、InCl、FeCl、TiCl2 、SnCl2 、SiCl2 、GeCl2 等金屬氯化物，TiO、VO等金屬氧化物，Si(OH)2 等金屬氫氧化物。 該些之中，就錯合物的穩定性、分光特性、耐熱、耐光性、及製造適應性等的觀點而言，較佳為Fe、Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Mo、Mn、Cu、Ni、Co、TiO、B、或VO，更佳為Fe、Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Cu、Ni、Co、B、或VO，特佳為Fe、Zn、Cu、Co、B、或VO（V=O）。該些之中，特佳為Zn。Next, a metal atom or a metal compound which forms a dipyrromethene-based metal-substituted compound will be described. As the metal or metal compound, any metal atom or metal compound, including a divalent metal atom, a divalent metal oxide, or a divalent metal hydroxide, may be used as long as it is a metal atom or a metal compound capable of forming a complex. Or a divalent metal chloride. For example, in addition to Zn, Mg, Si, Sn, Rh, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn, Pb, Cu, Ni, Co, Fe, B, AlCl, InCl, FeCl, TiCl 2 , SnCl 2 , SiCl 2 are also included. a metal chloride such as GeCl 2 , a metal oxide such as TiO or VO, or a metal hydroxide such as Si(OH) 2 . Among these, from the viewpoints of stability, spectral characteristics, heat resistance, light resistance, and manufacturing suitability of the complex, Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn, and preferably, Cu, Ni, Co, TiO, B, or VO, more preferably Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Cu, Ni, Co, B, or VO, particularly preferably Fe, Zn, Cu, Co, B, or VO (V=O). Among them, Zn is particularly preferred.

由通式（I）所表示的化合物配位於金屬原子或金屬化合物上而成的二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物的較佳的形態可參照日本專利特開2012-237985號公報的段落0153～段落0176中所記載的由通式（I-1）、通式（I-2）或通式（I-3）所表示的錯化合物，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 作為二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物的具體例，可參照日本專利特開2012-237985號公報的段落0179～段落0186的記載，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。A preferred form of the dipyrromethene-based metal-substituted compound in which the compound represented by the formula (I) is bonded to a metal atom or a metal compound can be referred to in paragraph 0153 of JP-A-2012-237985. The content of the wrong compound represented by the formula (I-1), the formula (I-2) or the formula (I-3) described in the paragraph 0176 can be incorporated into the present specification. Specific examples of the dipyrromethene-based metal-substituted compound can be referred to in the description of paragraphs 0179 to 0186 of JP-A-2012-237985, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

當本發明的著色組成物含有其他著色化合物時，相對於本發明的著色組成物的總固體成分，較佳為0.5質量%～70質量%。另外，較佳為以吸收強度比（450 nm的吸收/650 nm的吸收）變成0.95～1.05的範圍的方式，添加至著色組成物中。When the coloring composition of the present invention contains another coloring compound, it is preferably 0.5% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition of the present invention. Further, it is preferably added to the colored composition so that the absorption intensity ratio (absorption at 450 nm/absorption at 650 nm) is in the range of 0.95 to 1.05.

＜＜聚合性化合物＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物含有聚合性化合物。作為聚合性化合物，例如可列舉具有至少一個乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的加成聚合性化合物。<<Polymerizable Compound>> The colored composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound. The polymerizable compound may, for example, be an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated double bond.

具體而言，自具有至少一個、較佳為2個以上的末端乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物中選擇。此種化合物群組是於該產業領域中廣為人知者，於本發明中可無特別限定地使用該些化合物。該些化合物例如可為單體，預聚物，即二聚體、三聚體及寡聚物，或該些的混合物以及該些的（共）聚合體等化學形態的任一種。較佳為單體。Specifically, it is selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Such a compound group is widely known in the industrial field, and these compounds can be used without particular limitation in the present invention. These compounds may be, for example, any of a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer, and an oligomer, or a mixture of the above, and a chemical form of the (co)polymer. It is preferably a monomer.

作為單體及其（共）聚合體的例子，可列舉：不飽和羧酸（例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等）或其酯類、醯胺類、以及該些的（共）聚合體，較佳為不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、及不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物的醯胺類、以及該些的（共）聚合體。另外，亦可適宜地使用具有羥基或胺基、巰基等親核性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物，或者與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。另外，具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物，進而具有鹵基或甲苯磺醯基氧基等脫離性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦適宜。另外，作為其他例，亦可使用替換成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯、乙烯基醚等的化合物群組來代替所述不飽和羧酸。Examples of the monomer and the (co)polymer thereof include an unsaturated carboxylic acid (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or an ester thereof. And hydrazines, and the (co)polymers thereof, preferably an ester of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol compound, and an amide of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyamine compound, and the like (co)polymer. Further, an addition reaction of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a fluorenyl group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy group may be suitably used, or A dehydration condensation reaction product of a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid or the like. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or an oxime amine having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol, and further having a halogen Suitable substituted carboxylic acid esters or guanamines of a destructive substituent such as a group or a toluenesulfonyloxy group, and a substituted reactant of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol are also suitable. Further, as another example, a group of compounds substituted with an unsaturated phosphonic acid, styrene, vinyl ether or the like may be used instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid.

作為該些化合物的具體例，可參照日本專利特開2014-208808號公報的段落號0156～段落號0159，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。Specific examples of such compounds can be referred to in paragraphs 0156 to 0159 of JP-A-2014-208808, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

另外，作為聚合性化合物，二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯（市售品為卡亞拉得（KAYARAD）D-330；日本化藥股份有限公司製造），二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯（市售品為卡亞拉得（KAYARAD）D-320；日本化藥股份有限公司製造），二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯（市售品為卡亞拉得（KAYARAD）D-310；日本化藥股份有限公司製造），二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯（市售品為卡亞拉得（KAYARAD）DPHA；日本化藥股份有限公司製造），及該些的(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基而進行鍵結的結構亦較佳。亦可使用該些的寡聚物型。Further, as a polymerizable compound, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercial product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercial product is Kayala) (KAYARAD) D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercial product is KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) , dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate (commercial product is KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and the (meth) propylene sulfhydryl group via ethylene glycol residues The structure in which the propylene glycol residue is bonded is also preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.

該些聚合性化合物的結構、單獨使用還是併用、添加量等使用方法的詳細情況可結合著色組成物的最終的性能設計而任意地設定。例如，就感度的觀點而言，較佳為每1分子的不飽和基含量多的結構，於多數情況下，較佳為二官能以上。另外，就提高硬化膜的強度的觀點而言，較佳為三官能以上者，進而，藉由併用官能基數不同·聚合性基不同（例如丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、苯乙烯系化合物、乙烯基醚系化合物）的聚合性化合物，而調節感度與強度兩者的方法亦有效。另外，對於與著色組成物中所含有的其他成分（例如光聚合起始劑、著色劑（顏料）、黏合劑聚合物等）的相容性、分散性而言，聚合性化合物的選擇·使用法亦是重要的因素，例如，有時可使用低純度化合物或併用兩種以上來提昇相容性。另外，就提昇與基板等的硬質表面的密接性的觀點而言，亦可選擇特定的結構。The details of the structure of the polymerizable compounds, whether they are used singly or in combination, and the amount of use may be arbitrarily set in conjunction with the final performance design of the coloring composition. For example, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, a structure having a large content of an unsaturated group per molecule is preferable, and in many cases, a difunctional or higher is preferable. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the strength of the cured film, it is preferably a trifunctional or higher functional group, and further, the number of functional groups is different and the polymerizable group is different (for example, acrylate, methacrylate, styrene compound, ethylene). A method of adjusting the sensitivity and the strength of the polymerizable compound of the ethyl ether compound) is also effective. In addition, the compatibility and dispersibility of other components (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a colorant (pigment), a binder polymer, etc.) contained in the coloring composition, selection and use of a polymerizable compound The method is also an important factor. For example, it is sometimes possible to use a low-purity compound or a combination of two or more to enhance compatibility. Moreover, a specific structure can also be selected from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to a hard surface such as a substrate.

就更有效地獲得本發明的效果的觀點而言，著色組成物的總固體成分中的聚合性化合物的含量較佳為10質量%～80質量%，更佳為15質量%～75質量%，特佳為20質量%～60質量%。 本發明的組成物可僅含有一種聚合性化合物，亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時，較佳為其合計量變成所述範圍。The content of the polymerizable compound in the total solid content of the colored composition is preferably from 10% by mass to 80% by mass, and more preferably from 15% by mass to 75% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of the present invention more effectively. It is particularly preferably from 20% by mass to 60% by mass. The composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of polymerizable compound, and may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof becomes the above range.

＜＜光聚合起始劑＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有光聚合起始劑。光聚合起始劑只要是可使聚合性化合物進行聚合者，則並無特別限制，較佳為以特性、起始效率、吸收波長、獲得性、成本等的觀點進行選擇。<<Photopolymerization Starter>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it can polymerize the polymerizable compound, and is preferably selected from the viewpoints of characteristics, initial efficiency, absorption wavelength, availability, cost, and the like.

作為光聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：選自鹵甲基噁二唑化合物及鹵甲基-均三嗪化合物中的至少一種活性鹵素化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物、咯吩二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、肟化合物等。關於光聚合起始劑的具體例，可列舉日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落[0070]～段落[0077]中所記載者。其中，就聚合反應迅速的觀點等而言，較佳為肟化合物或聯咪唑系化合物。The photopolymerization initiator may, for example, be at least one active halogen compound selected from the group consisting of a halomethyl oxadiazole compound and a halomethyl-s-triazine compound, a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound, and a phenanthrene A polymer, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound and a derivative thereof, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a salt thereof, a hydrazine compound, and the like. Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include those described in paragraphs [0070] to [0077] of JP-A-2004-295116. Among them, a ruthenium compound or a biimidazole compound is preferred from the viewpoint of a rapid polymerization reaction.

作為肟系化合物（以下，亦稱為「肟系光聚合起始劑」），並無特別限定，例如可列舉：日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、WO02/100903A1、日本專利特開2001-233842號公報等中所記載的肟系化合物。 作為肟系化合物的具體例，可參照日本專利特開2013-182215號公報的段落0053的記載，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。The ruthenium-based compound (hereinafter also referred to as "an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator") is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include, for example, JP-A-2000-80068, WO02/100903A1, and JP-A-2001- An anthraquinone compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 233842 or the like. As a specific example of the lanthanoid compound, the description of paragraph 0053 of JP-A-2013-182215 can be referred to, and the content can be incorporated into the present specification.

另外，於本發明中，就感度、經時穩定性、後加熱時的著色的觀點而言，作為肟化合物，更佳為由下述通式（1）或通式（2）所表示的化合物。In the present invention, the oxime compound is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1) or formula (2) from the viewpoints of sensitivity, stability over time, and coloration upon post-heating. .

[化54]（通式（1）中，R及X分別表示一價的取代基，A表示二價的有機基，Ar表示芳基。n為1～5的整數）[54] (In the formula (1), R and X each represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group. n is an integer of 1 to 5)

作為R，就高感度化的觀點而言，較佳為醯基，具體而言，較佳為乙醯基、丙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲苯甲醯基。As R, from the viewpoint of high sensitivity, a mercapto group is preferred, and specifically, an ethylidene group, a propyl group, a benzamidine group or a tolylmethyl group is preferable.

作為A，就提高感度、抑制伴隨加熱經時的著色的觀點而言，較佳為未經取代的伸烷基、經烷基（例如甲基、乙基、第三丁基、十二基）取代的伸烷基、經烯基（例如乙烯基、烯丙基）取代的伸烷基、經芳基（例如苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、異丙苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、苯乙烯基）取代的伸烷基。As A, from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and suppressing coloring with heating over time, an unsubstituted alkylene group or an alkyl group (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, tert-butyl group, or dodecyl group) is preferred. Substituted alkylene, alkylene substituted by alkenyl (eg, vinyl, allyl), aryl (eg phenyl, p-tolyl, xylyl, cumenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl) , phenanthryl, styryl) substituted alkyl.

作為Ar，就提高感度、抑制伴隨加熱經時的著色的觀點而言，較佳為經取代或未經取代的苯基。於經取代的苯基的情況下，作為其取代基，例如較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等鹵基。As Ar, a phenyl group which is substituted or unsubstituted is preferred from the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity and suppressing the coloring accompanying heating. In the case of the substituted phenyl group, as the substituent, for example, a halogen group such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom is preferable.

作為X，就提昇溶劑溶解性與長波長區域的吸收效率的觀點而言，較佳為烷基、芳基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷基硫氧基、芳基硫氧基或胺基。另外，通式（1）中的n較佳為1～2的整數。As X, from the viewpoint of improving solvent solubility and absorption efficiency in a long wavelength region, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an aromatic group are preferred. A thiol or an amine group. Further, n in the formula (1) is preferably an integer of from 1 to 2.

[化55]通式（2）中，R101 表示烷基、烷醯基、烯醯基、芳醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環氧基羰基、雜環氧基羰基、烷基硫羰基、芳基硫羰基、雜環硫羰基、雜環硫羰基或CO-CO-Rf。Rf表示碳環式芳香族基或雜環式芳香族基。[化55] In the formula (2), R 101 represents an alkyl group, an alkyl fluorenyl group, an olefin group, an aryl fluorenyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic oxycarbonyl group or an alkyl sulphide. Carbonyl, arylthiocarbonyl, heterocyclic thiocarbonyl, heterocyclic thiocarbonyl or CO-CO-Rf. Rf represents a carbocyclic aromatic group or a heterocyclic aromatic group.

R102 表示烷基、芳基或雜環基，該些亦可被取代。 R103 及R104 分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或雜環基，該些基可由鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、烷基羰基等進一步取代。R 102 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and these may also be substituted. R 103 and R 104 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and these groups may be further substituted by a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group or the like.

R105 ～R111 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳醯基、雜芳醯基、烷基硫基、芳醯硫基、雜芳醯基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、雜環羰基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環氧基羰基、硝基、胺基、磺酸基、羥基、羧酸基、醯胺基、胺甲醯基或氰基。 R105 ～R111 中的一個或兩個為吸電子性的取代基，即硝基、氰基、烷基羰基或芳基羰基的情況因可獲得具有更高的硬化性的著色組成物，故較佳。R 105 to R 111 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an arylsulfonyl group, a heteroarylsulfonyl group, an alkylthio group, an arylsulfonyl group, or a heteroaryl group. Sulfhydryl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heterocyclic carbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, heterocyclooxycarbonyl, nitro, amine, sulfonate, hydroxy, carboxylic acid, guanamine , amidyl or cyano group. When one or both of R 105 to R 111 is an electron-withdrawing substituent, that is, a nitro group, a cyano group, an alkylcarbonyl group or an arylcarbonyl group, since a colored composition having higher hardenability can be obtained, Preferably.

作為由所述通式（2）所表示的具有茀結構的化合物的具體例，可列舉日本專利特開2014-177502號公報的段落號0087～段落號0088中所記載的化合物，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 由所述通式（2）所表示的具有茀結構的化合物例如可依據WO2014-050738號公報中所記載的合成方法來合成。 作為肟系光聚合起始劑的市售品，可使用：豔佳固（IRGACURE）-OXE01（巴斯夫（BASF）公司製造）、豔佳固（IRGACURE）-OXE02（巴斯夫公司製造），TR-PBG-304（常州強力電子新材料有限公司公司製造），Adeka Arkls NCI-831（艾迪科（ADEKA）公司製造）、Adeka Arkls NCI-930（艾迪科公司製造）等。Specific examples of the compound having a fluorene structure represented by the above formula (2) include the compounds described in Paragraph No. 0087 to Paragraph No. 0088 of JP-A-2014-177502, the contents of which are Into this manual. The compound having a fluorene structure represented by the above formula (2) can be synthesized, for example, according to the synthesis method described in WO2014-050738. As a commercial product of a lanthanide photopolymerization initiator, IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF), IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), TR-PBG can be used. -304 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Material Co., Ltd.), Adeka Arkls NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA), Adeka Arkls NCI-930 (made by Eddy Co., Ltd.), and the like.

作為聯咪唑系化合物的具體例，可參照日本專利特開2013-182213號公報的段落0061～段落0070的記載，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。Specific examples of the biimidazole-based compound can be referred to in paragraphs 0061 to 0070 of JP-A-2013-182213, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

另外，於本發明的著色組成物中，除所述光聚合起始劑以外，亦可使用日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落號0079中所記載的其他公知的光聚合起始劑。 本發明亦可使用具有氟原子的肟化合物作為光聚合起始劑。作為具有氟原子的肟化合物的具體例，可列舉：日本專利特開2010-262028號公報記載的化合物，日本專利特表2014-500852號公報記載的化合物24、化合物36～化合物40，日本專利特開2013-164471號公報記載的化合物（C-3）等。其內容可被編入至本說明書中。Further, in the coloring composition of the present invention, in addition to the photopolymerization initiator, other known photopolymerization initiators described in Paragraph No. 0079 of JP-A-2004-295116 may be used. The present invention can also use a ruthenium compound having a fluorine atom as a photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the ruthenium compound having a fluorine atom include the compound described in JP-A-2010-262028, and the compound 24 and the compound 36 to the compound 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852. The compound (C-3) and the like described in JP-A-2013-164471. The contents can be incorporated into this specification.

就更有效地獲得本發明的效果的觀點而言，光聚合起始劑於著色組成物的總固體成分中的含量較佳為3質量%～20質量%，更佳為4質量%～19質量%，特佳為5質量%～18質量%。 本發明的組成物可僅含有一種光聚合起始劑，亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時，較佳為其合計量變成所述範圍。The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably from 3% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably from 4% by mass to 19% by mass, from the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of the present invention more effectively. % is particularly preferably from 5% by mass to 18% by mass. The composition of the present invention may contain only one photopolymerization initiator, and may contain two or more kinds. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof becomes the above range.

＜＜有機溶劑＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有有機溶劑。 有機溶劑只要是可滿足併存的各成分的溶解性或製成著色組成物時的塗佈性者，則基本上無特別限制，特佳為考慮黏合劑的溶解性、塗佈性、安全性來選擇。<<Organic solvent>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains an organic solvent. The organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component and the coating property when the coloring composition is formed, and it is particularly preferable to consider the solubility, coatability, and safety of the binder. select.

作為有機溶劑，可使用酯類、醚類、酮類、芳香族烴類，具體而言，可例示日本專利特開2012-032754號公報的段落號0161～段落號0162中所記載者。As the organic solvent, esters, ethers, ketones, and aromatic hydrocarbons can be used. Specific examples thereof include those described in paragraphs 0161 to 0162 of JP-A-2012-032754.

就所述各成分的溶解性等的觀點而言，將兩種以上的該些有機溶劑混合亦較佳。於此情況下，特佳為如下的混合溶液，其包含選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲基醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲基醚、及丙二醇甲基醚乙酸酯中的兩種以上。From the viewpoint of solubility of the respective components and the like, it is also preferred to mix two or more kinds of these organic solvents. In this case, it is particularly preferably a mixed solution comprising methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, Two or more kinds of propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

作為有機溶劑於著色組成物中的含量，較佳為組成物中的總固體成分濃度變成10質量%～80質量%的量，更佳為組成物中的總固體成分濃度變成15質量%～60質量%的量。 本發明的著色組成物可僅含有一種有機溶劑，亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時，較佳為其合計量變成所述範圍。The content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition is preferably such that the total solid content concentration in the composition becomes 10% by mass to 80% by mass, and more preferably the total solid content concentration in the composition becomes 15% by mass to 60%. The amount of mass %. The colored composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of organic solvent, and may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof becomes the above range.

＜＜鹼可溶性黏合劑＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有鹼可溶性黏合劑。鹼可溶性黏合劑除具有鹼可溶性以外，並無特別限定，較佳為可自耐熱性、顯影性、獲得性等的觀點出發進行選擇。<<Alkali Soluble Binder>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains an alkali-soluble binder. The alkali-soluble binder is not particularly limited as long as it has alkali solubility, and is preferably selected from the viewpoints of heat resistance, developability, and availability.

作為鹼可溶性黏合劑，較佳為可溶於有機溶劑中、且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液來顯影的線狀有機高分子聚合體。作為此種線狀有機高分子聚合體，可列舉側鏈上具有羧酸的聚合物，例如如日本專利特開昭59-44615號、日本專利特公昭54-34327號、日本專利特公昭58-12577號、日本專利特公昭54-25957號、日本專利特開昭59-53836號、日本專利特開昭59-71048號的各公報中所記載的甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物等，側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物同樣有用。The alkali-soluble binder is preferably a linear organic polymer polymer which is soluble in an organic solvent and can be developed by a weakly basic aqueous solution. Examples of such a linear organic polymer polymer include a polymer having a carboxylic acid in a side chain. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 59-44615, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 54-34327, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho-58- A methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic copolymer, and a clothing disclosed in each of the publications of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Sho 59-53836, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-71048 An acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, or the like, and an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid in a side chain are also useful.

除所述者以外，作為本發明中的鹼可溶性黏合劑，於具有羥基的聚合物中加成酸酐而成者等，或者聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、聚((甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯)、聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮或聚環氧乙烷、聚乙烯醇等亦有用。另外，線狀有機高分子聚合體亦可為使具有親水性的單體進行共聚而成者。作為其例，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸烷氧基烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯、甘油(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺、二級或三級的烷基丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸二烷基胺基烷基酯、嗎啉(甲基)丙烯酸酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺、乙烯基咪唑、乙烯基三唑、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、分支或直鏈的(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、分支或直鏈的(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、或(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基羥基丙酯等。此外，作為具有親水性的單體，包含四氫糠基、磷酸基、磷酸酯基、四級銨鹽基、伸乙氧基鏈、伸丙氧基鏈、磺酸基及源自其鹽的基、嗎啉基乙基等而成的單體等亦有用。In addition to the above, the alkali-soluble binder in the present invention is obtained by adding an acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group, or a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, or a poly((a) Also useful are 2-aminoethyl acrylate), polyvinylpyrrolidone or polyethylene oxide, polyvinyl alcohol and the like. Further, the linear organic polymer polymer may be obtained by copolymerizing a monomer having hydrophilicity. Examples thereof include alkoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, glycerol (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylamide, and N-methylol. Acrylamide, secondary or tertiary alkyl acrylamide, dialkylaminoalkyl (meth) acrylate, morpholine (meth) acrylate, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-ethylene Amidoxime, vinylimidazole, vinyltriazole, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, branched or linear propyl (meth)acrylate, branched or linear ( Butyl methacrylate, phenoxy hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and the like. Further, as the hydrophilic monomer, it contains a tetrahydroindenyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphate group, a quaternary ammonium salt group, an extended ethoxy chain, a propoxy chain, a sulfonic acid group, and a salt derived therefrom. A monomer such as a morpholinoethyl group or the like is also useful.

作為鹼可溶性黏合劑，亦可較佳地使用如式（b1）或式（b2）所示的順丁烯二醯亞胺與環氧乙烷的共聚物。As the alkali-soluble binder, a copolymer of maleimide and ethylene oxide represented by the formula (b1) or (b2) can also be preferably used.

[化56]（式（b1）中，R1 表示氫原子、芳基、或烷基） 作為R1 表示烷基時的烷基，可列舉碳數1～10的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3～10的具有支鏈的烷基、碳數5～20的環狀烷基等。 烷基可具有取代基，作為可導入至烷基中的取代基，可列舉：苯基、羰基、烷氧基、羥基、胺基等。 作為R1 表示芳基時的芳基，可列舉：單環結構的芳基、多環結構的芳基、縮環結構的芳基、含有雜原子的雜芳基等。更具體而言，可列舉：苯基、萘基、聯苯基、苯并咪唑基、吡啶基、呋喃基等。 芳基可具有取代基，作為可導入至芳基中的取代基，可列舉：甲基、乙基、第三丁基、環己基等烷基，甲氧基等烷氧基，羧基，羥基，胺基，硝基，氯基，溴基等。[化56] (In the formula (b1), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an aryl group or an alkyl group). The alkyl group when R 1 represents an alkyl group includes a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a carbon number of 3 to 10. A branched alkyl group, a carbon number of 5 to 20 cyclic alkyl group, or the like. The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent which can be introduced into the alkyl group include a phenyl group, a carbonyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group and the like. Examples of the aryl group when R 1 represents an aryl group include an aryl group having a monocyclic structure, an aryl group having a polycyclic structure, an aryl group having a condensed ring structure, and a heteroaryl group containing a hetero atom. More specifically, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, etc. are mentioned. The aryl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent which may be introduced into the aryl group include an alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tributyl group or a cyclohexyl group, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group. Amine, nitro, chloro, bromo and the like.

[化57]（式（b2）中，R2 表示氫原子或甲基。R3 為碳數2或3的伸烷基，R4 表示氫原子、芳基、或烷基，m表示1～15的整數）[化57] (In the formula (b2), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 3 is a C 2 or 3 alkylene group, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an aryl group or an alkyl group, and m represents an integer of 1 to 15)

作為R4 表示烷基時的烷基，可列舉碳數1～20的直鏈狀烷基、碳數1～20的具有支鏈的烷基、碳數5～20的環狀烷基等。 烷基可具有取代基，作為可導入至烷基中的取代基，可列舉：苯基、羰基、烷氧基等。 作為R4 表示芳基時的芳基，可列舉：單環結構的芳基、多環結構的芳基、縮環結構的芳基、含有雜原子的雜芳基等。更具體而言，可列舉：苯基、萘基、蒽基、聯苯基、苯并咪唑基、吲哚基、咪唑基、噁唑基、咔唑基、吡啶基、呋喃基等。 芳基可具有取代基，作為可導入至芳基中的取代基，可列舉：壬基、甲基、乙基、第三丁基、環己基等烷基，甲氧基等烷氧基，羧基，羥基，胺基，硝基，氯基，溴基等。Examples of the alkyl group in the case where R 4 represents an alkyl group include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent which can be introduced into the alkyl group include a phenyl group, a carbonyl group, an alkoxy group and the like. Examples of the aryl group when R 4 represents an aryl group include an aryl group having a monocyclic structure, an aryl group having a polycyclic structure, an aryl group having a condensed ring structure, and a heteroaryl group containing a hetero atom. More specifically, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a fluorenyl group, a biphenyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a fluorenyl group, an imidazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, a carbazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, etc. are mentioned. The aryl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent which may be introduced into the aryl group include an alkyl group such as a mercapto group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tributyl group or a cyclohexyl group, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, and a carboxyl group. , hydroxy, amine, nitro, chloro, bromo and the like.

另外，鹼可溶性黏合劑亦可於側鏈上具有聚合性基，例如於側鏈上含有烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、烯丙氧基烷基等的聚合物等亦有用。作為含有所述聚合性基的聚合物的例子，可列舉：市售品的KS RESIST-106（大阪有機化學工業（股份）製造）、賽克羅馬（Cyclomer）P系列（大賽璐（Daicel）化學工業（股份）製造）等。另外，為了提昇硬化皮膜的強度，醇可溶性尼龍或2,2-雙-(4-羥基苯基)-丙烷與表氯醇的聚醚等亦有用。Further, the alkali-soluble binder may have a polymerizable group in the side chain, and may be useful, for example, a polymer containing an allyl group, a (meth)acrylic group or an allyloxyalkyl group in a side chain. Examples of the polymer containing the polymerizable group include commercially available KS RESIST-106 (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and Cyclomer P series (Daicel Chemical). Industrial (share) manufacturing, etc. Further, in order to increase the strength of the hardened film, alcohol-soluble nylon or a polyether of 2,2-bis-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-propane and epichlorohydrin may also be useful.

該些各種鹼可溶性黏合劑之中，就耐熱性的觀點而言，較佳為聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂，就控制顯影性的觀點而言，較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。Among these various alkali-soluble binders, polyhydroxystyrene resin, polyoxyalkylene resin, acrylic resin, acrylamide resin, acrylic acid/acrylamide are preferred from the viewpoint of heat resistance. The copolymer resin is preferably an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin from the viewpoint of controlling developability.

尤其，較佳為具有如下述通式（2）所示的重複單元與酸性基的共聚物，更佳為可列舉除通式（2）與酸性基以外，具有由通式（3）所表示的結構單元的共聚物。In particular, a copolymer having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2) and an acidic group is preferred, and more preferably, it has a formula (3) in addition to the formula (2) and an acidic group. Copolymer of structural unit.

[化58]（通式（2）中，R20 表示氫原子或甲基，R21 ～R25 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基、烷基、或芳基）[化58] (In the formula (2), R 20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 21 to R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group, or an aryl group)

[化59]（通式（3）中，R11 表示氫原子或甲基。R12 及R13 分別獨立地表示氫原子或含有不飽和雙鍵作為部分結構的碳數3～20的羰基，不存在R12 及R13 兩者為氫原子的情況。當R12 及R13 的至少一者表示含有不飽和雙鍵作為部分結構的碳數3～20的羰基時，可進而含有羧基作為部分結構）[化59] (In the formula (3), R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 12 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which has an unsaturated double bond as a partial structure, and R 12 is absent. And R 13 is a hydrogen atom. When at least one of R 12 and R 13 represents a carbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which has an unsaturated double bond as a partial structure, it may further contain a carboxyl group as a partial structure)

作為丙烯酸系樹脂，較佳為包含選自(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺等中的單體的共聚物，或者市售品的KS RESIST-106（大阪有機化學工業（股份）製造）、賽克羅馬（Cyclomer）P系列（大賽璐化學工業（股份）製造）等。The acrylic resin is preferably a copolymer containing a monomer selected from the group consisting of benzyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylamide, and the like. Or KS RESIST-106 (made by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and Cyclomer P series (made by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

另外，鹼可溶性黏合劑亦可含有源自由下述通式（X）所表示的化合物的結構單元。 通式（X） [化60]通式（X）中，R1 表示氫原子或甲基，R2 表示碳數2～10的伸烷基，R3 表示氫原子或可含有苯環的碳數1～20的烷基。n表示1～15的整數。Further, the alkali-soluble binder may also contain a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X). General formula (X) [60] In the formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents a alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a benzene ring. n represents an integer of 1 to 15.

通式（X）中，R2 的伸烷基的碳數較佳為2～3。另外，R3 的烷基的碳數為1～20，更佳為1～10，R3 的烷基亦可含有苯環。作為由R3 所表示的含有苯環的烷基，可列舉苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。In the general formula (X), the alkyl group of R 2 preferably has 2 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group of R 3 has a carbon number of from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may further contain a benzene ring. Examples of the benzene ring-containing alkyl group represented by R 3 include a benzyl group and a 2-phenyl (iso)propyl group.

就顯影性、液體黏度等的觀點而言，鹼可溶性黏合劑的重量平均分子量（藉由GPC法所測定的聚苯乙烯換算值）較佳為1,000～200,00，更佳為2,000～100,000，特佳為5,000～50,000。 鹼可溶性黏合劑的酸價較佳為10 mg/KOH～1000 mg/KOH，更佳為50 mg/KOH～300 mg/KOH，進而更佳為50 mg/KOH～200 mg/KOH，特佳為105 mg/KOH～200 mg/KOH。The weight average molecular weight (polystyrene equivalent value measured by a GPC method) of the alkali-soluble binder is preferably from 1,000 to 200,00, more preferably from 2,000 to 100,000, from the viewpoints of developability, liquid viscosity, and the like. Very good is 5,000 to 50,000. The acid value of the alkali-soluble binder is preferably from 10 mg/KOH to 1000 mg/KOH, more preferably from 50 mg/KOH to 300 mg/KOH, and even more preferably from 50 mg/KOH to 200 mg/KOH, particularly preferably 105 mg / KOH ~ 200 mg / KOH.

鹼可溶性黏合劑的含量較佳為著色組成物的總固體成分的10質量%～80質量%，更佳為20質量%～60質量%。 本發明的組成物可僅含有一種鹼可溶性黏合劑，亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時，較佳為其合計量變成所述範圍。The content of the alkali-soluble binder is preferably from 10% by mass to 80% by mass, and more preferably from 20% by mass to 60% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The composition of the present invention may contain only one alkali-soluble binder, and may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof becomes the above range.

＜＜交聯劑＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物亦可進而含有交聯劑。 作為交聯劑，只要是可藉由交聯反應而進行膜硬化者，則並無特別限定，例如可列舉：（a）環氧樹脂，（b）由選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、及醯氧基甲基中的至少一種取代基取代的三聚氰胺化合物、胍胺化合物、甘脲化合物或脲化合物，（c）由選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基、及醯氧基甲基中的至少一種取代基取代的苯酚化合物、萘酚化合物或羥基蒽化合物。其中，較佳為多官能環氧樹脂。 關於交聯劑的具體例等的詳細情況，可參照日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0134～段落0147的記載，其內容可被編入至本說明書中。 當本發明的著色組成物含有交聯劑時，相對於著色組成物的總固體成分，交聯劑的含量較佳為0.01質量%～50質量%，更佳為0.5質量%～30質量%。<<Crosslinking Agent>> The colored composition of the present invention may further contain a crosslinking agent. The crosslinking agent is not particularly limited as long as it can be cured by a crosslinking reaction, and examples thereof include (a) an epoxy resin and (b) an epoxy group selected from the group consisting of a methylol group and an alkoxy group. a melamine compound, a guanamine compound, a glycoluril compound or a urea compound substituted with at least one substituent in the group and the methoxymethyl group, (c) selected from the group consisting of a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, and a decyloxy group A phenol compound, a naphthol compound or a hydroxy oxime compound substituted with at least one substituent of a methyl group. Among them, a polyfunctional epoxy resin is preferred. For details of specific examples of the crosslinking agent and the like, the descriptions of paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116 can be referred to, and the contents thereof can be incorporated into the present specification. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a crosslinking agent, the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition.

＜＜界面活性劑＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物亦可含有界面活性劑。界面活性劑可為非離子系、陽離子系、陰離子系的任一種，但較佳為具有環氧乙烷結構的界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑。特佳為親水親油平衡（Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance，HLB）值處於9.2～15.5的範圍內的具有環氧乙烷結構的界面活性劑或日本專利特開平2-54202號公報記載的氟系界面活性劑。 當本發明的著色組成物含有界面活性劑時，相對於著色組成物的總固體成分，界面活性劑的含量較佳為0.0001質量%～2.0質量%，更佳為0.005質量%～1.0質量%。 本發明的組成物可僅含有一種界面活性劑，亦可含有兩種以上。當含有兩種以上時，較佳為其合計量變成所述範圍。<<Interfacial Active Agent>> The colored composition of the present invention may also contain a surfactant. The surfactant may be any of a nonionic, cationic or anionic surfactant, but is preferably a surfactant having an ethylene oxide structure or a fluorine-based surfactant. Particularly preferred is a surfactant having an ethylene oxide structure in which the Hydrophile-Lipophile Balance (HLB) value is in the range of 9.2 to 15.5, or a fluorine-based interfacial activity described in JP-A-2-54202. Agent. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, and may contain two or more types. When two or more types are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof becomes the above range.

＜＜染料穩定劑＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物亦可含有染料穩定劑。作為染料穩定劑，較佳為高分子界面活性劑（高分子分散劑）。作為高分子分散劑，例如可列舉：聚丙烯酸酯等不飽和羧酸酯的（共）聚合體類；聚丙烯酸等不飽和羧酸的（共）聚合體的（部分）胺鹽、（部分）銨鹽或（部分）烷基胺鹽類；含有羥基的聚丙烯酸酯等含有羥基的不飽和羧酸酯的（共）聚合體或該些的改性物；具有交聯性基的磺酸或磷酸的聚合物等。作為交聯性基，可使用可藉由自由基、酸、熱來進行交聯的公知的聚合性基。具體而言，可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基、環狀醚基、羥甲基，較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸基、苯乙烯基、乙烯基，更佳為(甲基)丙烯酸基及苯乙烯基。 另外，作為染料穩定劑，添加下述陰離子的鹽（鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽等）亦有效。 當本發明的著色組成物含有染料穩定劑時，相對於著色組成物的總固體成分，染料穩定劑的含量較佳為0.01質量%～50質量%，更佳為0.5質量%～30質量%。 [化61] <<Dye Stabilizer>> The coloring composition of the present invention may also contain a dye stabilizer. As the dye stabilizer, a polymer surfactant (polymer dispersant) is preferred. Examples of the polymer dispersant include (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylate; (partial) amine salts of (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as polyacrylic acid, and (partial) a (co)polymer of a hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid ester such as a hydroxyl group-containing polyacrylate or a modified product thereof; an sulfonic acid having a crosslinkable group or an ammonium salt or a (partial) alkylamine salt; A polymer of phosphoric acid or the like. As the crosslinkable group, a known polymerizable group which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or heat can be used. Specific examples thereof include a (meth)acrylic group, a styryl group, a vinyl group, a cyclic ether group, and a methylol group, preferably a (meth)acrylic group, a styryl group, or a vinyl group. More preferably, (Meth)acrylic group and styryl group. Further, as the dye stabilizer, a salt (lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt or the like) to which the following anion is added is also effective. When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a dye stabilizer, the content of the dye stabilizer is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. [化61]

＜＜抗氧化劑＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物亦可含有抗氧化劑。作為抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：自由基捕捉劑、過氧化物分解劑、紫外線吸收劑、單線態氧猝滅劑等。 作為自由基捕捉劑，例如可列舉：酚系抗氧化劑、受阻胺系抗氧化劑等。作為酚系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：丙酸羥基苯酯系化合物、羥基苄基系化合物、硫代雙酚系化合物、硫甲基苯酚系化合物、烷二基苯酚系化合物等。其中，就顏色特性的穩定性的觀點而言，較佳為丙酸羥基苯酯系化合物。 例如，可較佳地使用日本專利特開2012-155243號公報的段落0013～段落0034、日本專利特開2013-14748號公報的段落0030～段落0042中所記載的化合物。 過氧化物分解劑是將因曝露於光中等而產生的過氧化物分解成無害的物質、且不產生新的自由基的化合物，例如可列舉磷系抗氧化劑、硫系抗氧化劑等。其中，就顏色特性的穩定性的觀點而言，較佳為硫系抗氧化劑。 作為紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：水楊酸酯系抗氧化劑、二苯甲酮系抗氧化劑。 單線態氧猝滅劑為可藉由來自單線態狀態的氧的能量移動而使單線態氧失活的化合物，例如除四甲基乙烯、環戊烯等乙烯性化合物，二乙基胺、三乙基胺、1,4-二氮雜雙環辛烷（1,4-Diazabicyclooctane，DABCO）、N-乙基咪唑等胺類，可被取代的萘、二甲基萘、二甲氧基蒽、蒽、二苯基蒽等縮合多環芳香族化合物；1,3-二苯基異苯并呋喃，1,2,3,4-四苯基-1,3-環戊二烯，五苯基環戊二烯等芳香族化合物以外，可列舉：Harry H. wasserman, 「單線態氧（Singlet Oxygen）」, 5章, 美國學術出版社（Academic Press）（1979）、Nicholas J. Turro, 「現代分子光化學（Modern Molecular Photochemistry）」, 14章, 本傑明/卡明斯出版有限公司（The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co., Inc.）（1978）、及CMC公司發行的「彩色照片感光材料用高功能化學」, 7章（2002）中作為單線態氧猝滅劑所例示的化合物。 除此以外，可列舉將具有硫原子的化合物作為配位體的金屬錯合物。作為此種化合物，可列舉：將雙二硫代-α-二酮、雙苯基二硫醇、及硫代雙酚作為配位體的鎳錯合物、鈷錯合物、銅錯合物、錳錯合物、鉑錯合物等過渡金屬螯合化合物。 作為硫系抗氧化劑，可列舉：硫代丙酸酯系化合物、巰基苯并咪唑系化合物。其中，就顏色特性的穩定性的觀點而言，較佳為硫代丙酸酯系化合物。<<Antioxidant>> The colored composition of the present invention may also contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include a radical scavenger, a peroxide decomposer, an ultraviolet absorber, and a singlet oxygen quencher. Examples of the radical scavenger include a phenolic antioxidant and a hindered amine antioxidant. Examples of the phenolic antioxidant include a hydroxyphenyl-propionate-based compound, a hydroxybenzyl-based compound, a thiobisphenol-based compound, a thiomethylphenol-based compound, and an alkanediylphenol-based compound. Among them, from the viewpoint of stability of color characteristics, a hydroxyphenyl propionate compound is preferred. For example, the compound described in paragraphs 0033 to 0034 of JP-A-2012-155243, and paragraphs 0030 to 0942 of JP-A-2013-14748 can be preferably used. The peroxide decomposing agent is a compound which decomposes the peroxide generated by exposure to light to a harmless substance and does not generate a new radical, and examples thereof include a phosphorus-based antioxidant and a sulfur-based antioxidant. Among them, a sulfur-based antioxidant is preferred from the viewpoint of stability of color characteristics. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include a salicylate-based antioxidant and a benzophenone-based antioxidant. A singlet oxygen quencher is a compound which can inactivate singlet oxygen by energy transfer from oxygen in a singlet state, for example, an ethylenic compound other than tetramethylethylene or cyclopentene, diethylamine, three An amine such as ethylamine, 1,4-diazabicyclooctane (DABCO) or N-ethylimidazole, substituted naphthalene, dimethylnaphthalene, dimethoxyanthracene, a condensed polycyclic aromatic compound such as hydrazine or diphenylhydrazine; 1,3-diphenylisobenzofuran, 1,2,3,4-tetraphenyl-1,3-cyclopentadiene, pentaphenyl In addition to aromatic compounds such as cyclopentadiene, Harry H. wasserman, "Singlet Oxygen", Chapter 5, Academic Press (1979), Nicholas J. Turro, "Modern "Modern Molecular Photochemistry", Chapter 14, The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co., Inc. (1978), and CMC Corporation, "High-functional Chemistry for Color Photosensitive Materials" , a compound exemplified as a singlet oxygen quencher in Chapter 7 (2002). Other than this, a metal complex which has a compound having a sulfur atom as a ligand can be cited. Examples of such a compound include a nickel complex, a cobalt complex, and a copper complex which have a bisdithio-α-diketone, a bisphenyldithiol, and a thiobisphenol as a ligand. Transition metal chelate compounds such as manganese complexes and platinum complexes. Examples of the sulfur-based antioxidant include a thiopropionate-based compound and a mercaptobenzimidazole-based compound. Among them, from the viewpoint of stability of color characteristics, a thiopropionate-based compound is preferred.

於本發明中，抗氧化劑可單獨使用、或將兩種以上混合使用。相對於著色劑100質量份，抗氧化劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份～20質量份，特佳為0.1質量份～10質量份。In the present invention, the antioxidant may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the antioxidant is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, particularly preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the colorant.

＜＜硬化促進劑＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物可含有作為硬化促進劑發揮功能的化合物。 例如可使用：選自由芳香族胺化合物、三級胺化合物、胺鹽、鏻鹽、脒鹽、醯胺化合物、硫醇化合物、封閉型異氰酸酯化合物及含有咪唑環的化合物所組成的群組中的至少一種化合物。 藉由著色組成物含有硬化促進劑，可更有效地實現著色組成物的低溫硬化。而且，亦可進一步提昇著色組成物的保存穩定性。 作為硬化促進劑的市售品，可列舉：卡倫茲（Karenz）MTBD-1等卡倫茲（Karenz）MT系列（昭和電工（股份）製造）等。 於本發明中，硬化促進劑可單獨使用、或將兩種以上混合使用。相對於聚合性化合物100質量份，硬化促進劑的含量較佳為0.01質量份～20質量份，特佳為0.1質量份～10質量份。<<Curing Agent>> The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a compound that functions as a curing accelerator. For example, it can be used in the group consisting of an aromatic amine compound, a tertiary amine compound, an amine salt, a phosphonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a guanamine compound, a thiol compound, a blocked isocyanate compound, and a compound containing an imidazole ring. At least one compound. By the coloring composition containing a hardening accelerator, the low temperature hardening of the coloring composition can be more effectively achieved. Moreover, the storage stability of the coloring composition can be further improved. As a commercial item of a hardening accelerator, Karenz MT series, such as Karenz MTBD-1 (made by Showa Denko (share)), etc. are mentioned. In the present invention, the hardening accelerator may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the curing accelerator is preferably from 0.01 part by mass to 20 parts by mass, particularly preferably from 0.1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound.

＜＜抗還原劑＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物亦可含有抗還原劑。作為抗還原劑，較佳為醌化合物，更佳為分子量為100～800左右的以下結構的醌化合物。<<Anti-Reducing Agent>> The coloring composition of the present invention may also contain an anti-reducing agent. The anti-reducing agent is preferably an anthracene compound, and more preferably an anthracene compound having a molecular weight of about 100 to 800 or less.

＜＜酸產生劑＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物亦可含有酸產生劑。酸產生劑可為光酸產生劑，亦可為熱酸產生劑，但較佳為熱酸產生劑。若使用熱酸產生劑，則存在硬化膜的耐熱性進一步提昇的傾向。 熱酸產生劑是指當於1013.25 hPa下以100℃～250℃進行加熱時，產生酸的酸產生劑。作為所產生的酸，較佳為pKa為5以下的酸。作為所產生的酸的具體例，可例示：磺酸、羧酸、磷酸等，更佳為磺酸。 作為光酸產生劑，可參照日本專利特開2006-259002號公報的段落0103～段落0113的記載，該些的內容可被編入至本說明書中。 於熱酸產生劑中，包含離子性化合物（鎓鹽）及非離子性化合物。 作為離子性化合物（鎓鹽），較佳為不含重金屬或鹵素離子者，較佳為磺酸的鎓鹽。 作為離子性的熱酸產生劑，具體而言，可列舉：三苯基鋶、1-二甲硫基萘、1-二甲硫基-4-羥基萘、1-二甲硫基-4,7-二羥基萘、4-羥基苯基二甲基鋶、苄基-4-羥基苯基甲基鋶、2-甲基苄基-4-羥基苯基甲基鋶、2-甲基苄基-4-乙醯基苯基甲基鋶、2-甲基苄基-4-苯甲醯氧基苯基甲基鋶、該些的甲磺酸鹽、三氟甲磺酸鹽、樟腦磺酸鹽、對甲苯磺酸鹽、六氟膦酸鹽等。<<Acid Generator>> The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain an acid generator. The acid generator may be a photoacid generator or a thermal acid generator, but is preferably a thermal acid generator. When a thermal acid generator is used, the heat resistance of the cured film tends to be further improved. The thermal acid generator refers to an acid generator which generates an acid when heated at 100 ° C to 250 ° C at 1013.25 hPa. As the acid to be produced, an acid having a pKa of 5 or less is preferable. Specific examples of the acid to be produced include a sulfonic acid, a carboxylic acid, a phosphoric acid, etc., and more preferably a sulfonic acid. As a photo-acid generator, the description of paragraphs 0103 to 0113 of JP-A-2006-259002 can be referred to, and the contents can be incorporated into the present specification. The thermal acid generator contains an ionic compound (onium salt) and a nonionic compound. As the ionic compound (onium salt), those containing no heavy metal or halogen ion are preferred, and a phosphonium salt of a sulfonic acid is preferred. Specific examples of the ionic thermal acid generator include triphenylsulfonium, 1-dimethylthionaphthalene, 1-dimethylthio-4-hydroxynaphthalene, and 1-dimethylthio-4. 7-Dihydroxynaphthalene, 4-hydroxyphenyldimethylhydrazine, benzyl-4-hydroxyphenylmethylhydrazine, 2-methylbenzyl-4-hydroxyphenylmethylhydrazine, 2-methylbenzyl -4-Ethylphenylmethylhydrazine, 2-methylbenzyl-4-benzylideneoxyphenylmethylhydrazine, the mesylate salt, trifluoromethanesulfonate, camphorsulfonic acid Salt, p-toluenesulfonate, hexafluorophosphonate, and the like.

＜＜其他成分＞＞ 本發明的著色組成物亦可進而含有雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽。藉由含有雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽，可提昇耐熱性。作為雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽，可列舉：雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鉀、雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鈉、雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰等。相對於聚合物TP所具有的三芳基甲烷重複單元的1莫耳，雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽的含量較佳為0.1莫耳～2莫耳，更佳為0.3莫耳～0.8莫耳。 本發明的著色組成物視需要可進而含有填充材、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑、增感劑或光穩定劑等等各種添加劑。<<Other Components>> The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfinium imide salt. The heat resistance can be improved by containing a bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) fluorene imide salt. Examples of the bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) ruthenium salt include potassium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfoximine, sodium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfoxide, and bis(trifluoro). Methanesulfonyl) ruthenium iodide and the like. The content of the 1 mol, bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) quinone imide salt of the triarylmethane repeating unit which is possessed by the polymer TP is preferably from 0.1 mol to 2 mol, more preferably 0.3 mol. ~0.8 moles. The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain various additives such as a filler, an ultraviolet absorber, an anti-agglomerating agent, a sensitizer, or a light stabilizer, as needed.

＜著色組成物的製備方法＞ 本發明的著色組成物可藉由將所述各成分與視需要的任意成分混合來製備。 於製備著色組成物時，可一次性調配構成著色組成物的各成分，亦可將各成分溶解·分散於溶劑中後依次調配。另外，進行調配時的投入順序或作業條件並無特別限制。例如，可將所有成分同時溶解·分散於溶劑中來製備組成物，視需要，亦可先將各成分適宜製成兩種以上的溶液·分散液，於使用時（塗佈時）將該些溶液·分散液混合來作為組成物製備。 為了去除異物或減少缺陷等，本發明的著色組成物較佳為利用過濾器進行過濾。作為過濾器，只要是自先前以來用於過濾用途等的過濾器，則可無特別限定地使用。例如可列舉利用聚四氟乙烯（Polytetrafluoroethylene，PTFE）等氟樹脂，尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6等聚醯胺系樹脂，聚乙烯、聚丙烯（Polypropylene，PP）等聚烯烴樹脂（包含高密度、超高分子量）等的過濾器。該些原材料之中，較佳為聚丙烯（包含高密度聚丙烯）。 過濾器的孔徑合適的是0.01 μm～7.0 μm左右，較佳為0.01 μm～3.0 μm左右，更佳為0.05 μm～0.5 μm左右。藉由設為該範圍，可確實地去除於後續步驟中阻礙均勻及平滑的著色組成物的製備的微細的異物。<Method for Producing Colored Composition> The colored composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above components with any optional components as needed. In the preparation of the colored composition, each component constituting the colored composition may be formulated at one time, or each component may be dissolved and dispersed in a solvent, and then sequentially formulated. In addition, the order of input or the working conditions at the time of preparation are not particularly limited. For example, all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and dispersed in a solvent to prepare a composition, and if necessary, each component may be suitably prepared into two or more kinds of solutions and dispersions, and these may be used at the time of application (at the time of coating). The solution/dispersion was mixed to prepare as a composition. In order to remove foreign matter or reduce defects and the like, the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably filtered by a filter. The filter is not particularly limited as long as it is a filter used for filtration applications or the like from the past. For example, a fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a polyamide resin such as nylon-6 or nylon-6, and a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene (polypropylene) may be used. Filters such as density, ultra high molecular weight). Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) is preferred. The pore diameter of the filter is suitably from about 0.01 μm to about 7.0 μm, preferably from about 0.01 μm to about 3.0 μm, more preferably from about 0.05 μm to about 0.5 μm. By setting it as this range, the fine foreign material which inhibits preparation of the uniform and smooth coloring composition in the subsequent step can be reliably removed.

當使用過濾器時，亦可將不同的過濾器加以組合。此時，利用第1過濾器的過濾可僅進行1次，亦可進行2次以上。 另外，亦可於所述範圍內將孔徑不同的第1過濾器加以組合。此處的孔徑可參照過濾器生產商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器，例如可自日本頗爾（Pall）股份有限公司、愛多邦得科東洋（Advantec Toyo）股份有限公司、日本英特格（Nihon Entegris）股份有限公司（原日本密科理（Mykrolis）股份有限公司）或北澤微濾器（Kitz Microfilter）股份有限公司等所提供的各種過濾器中進行選擇。 第2過濾器可使用以與所述第1過濾器相同的材料等所形成的過濾器。 例如，利用第1過濾器的過濾可僅於分散液中進行，於混合其他成分後，進行第2次過濾。Different filters can also be combined when using filters. At this time, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only once or twice or more. Further, the first filters having different pore diameters may be combined in the above range. The aperture here can be referred to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As a commercially available filter, for example, from Japan Pall Co., Ltd., Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd., Japan Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Japan Mico) Choose from various filters provided by Mykrolis Co., Ltd. or Kitz Microfilter Co., Ltd. As the second filter, a filter formed of the same material as the first filter or the like can be used. For example, the filtration by the first filter can be carried out only in the dispersion, and after the other components are mixed, the second filtration is performed.

本發明的著色組成物因可形成色相及對比度優異的硬化膜，故可適宜地用作圖像顯示裝置或固體攝像元件中所使用的彩色濾光片等的著色層形成用（著色畫素形成用）著色組成物，另外，可適宜地用作印刷油墨、噴墨油墨、及塗料等的製作用途。Since the coloring composition of the present invention can form a cured film having excellent hue and contrast, it can be suitably used as a coloring layer for forming an image filter or a color filter used in a solid-state image sensor (coloring pixel formation). It is used as a coloring composition, and can be suitably used for production of printing inks, inkjet inks, paints, and the like.

＜硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法＞ 本發明的硬化膜是使本發明的著色組成物硬化而形成。該硬化膜可較佳地用於彩色濾光片。<Method for Producing Cured Film, Color Filter, and Color Filter> The cured film of the present invention is formed by curing the colored composition of the present invention. The cured film can be preferably used for a color filter.

只要是可形成將本發明的著色組成物應用於基板上並進行硬化而成的著色區域（著色圖案）的方法，則可利用任一種方法來形成本發明的彩色濾光片。較佳為使用本發明的著色組成物來製作。 另外，當使用本發明的著色組成物來製造固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片時，亦可採用日本專利特開2011-252065號公報的段落0359～段落0371中所記載的製造方法。The color filter of the present invention can be formed by any method as long as it is a method of forming a colored region (colored pattern) obtained by applying the colored composition of the present invention to a substrate and curing it. It is preferably produced by using the colored composition of the present invention. Further, when the color filter for a solid-state image sensor is produced by using the coloring composition of the present invention, the production method described in paragraphs 0359 to 0371 of JP-A-2011-252065 can also be used.

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法較佳為包括：使用本發明的著色組成物來形成著色組成物層的步驟、將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟、及將著色組成物層的未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。進而，視需要亦可設置對著色組成物層進行烘烤的步驟（預烘烤步驟）、及對經顯影的著色圖案進行烘烤的步驟（後烘烤步驟）。The method for producing a color filter of the present invention preferably includes a step of forming a colored composition layer using the colored composition of the present invention, a step of exposing the colored composition layer to a pattern, and a step of coloring the composition layer. The step of developing the colored pattern by developing the unexposed portion. Further, a step of baking the colored composition layer (prebaking step) and a step of baking the developed colored pattern (post baking step) may be provided as needed.

＜＜形成著色組成物層的步驟＞＞ 於形成著色組成物層的步驟中，將本發明的著色組成物應用於基材上來形成著色組成物層。<<Step of Forming Colored Composition Layer>> In the step of forming the colored composition layer, the colored composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate to form a colored composition layer.

作為基板，例如可列舉：液晶顯示元件等中所使用的無鹼玻璃、鈉玻璃、派熱司（Pyrex）（註冊商標）玻璃、石英玻璃、及使透明導電膜附著於該些玻璃上而成者，或者固體攝像元件等中所使用的光電轉換元件基板，例如矽基板或塑膠基板等。另外，於該些基板上，亦可形成有將各畫素隔離的黑色矩陣、或者為了促進密接等而設置有透明樹脂層。另外，為了改良與上部的層的密接、防止物質的擴散、或者為了表面的平坦化，視需要亦可於基板上設置底塗層。 另外，塑膠基板較佳為於其表面具有阻氣層及/或耐溶劑性層。Examples of the substrate include alkali-free glass, soda glass, Pyrex (registered trademark) glass, quartz glass, and a transparent conductive film attached to the glass. The photoelectric conversion element substrate used in a solid-state imaging device or the like, for example, a germanium substrate or a plastic substrate. Further, a black matrix in which each pixel is isolated may be formed on the substrates, or a transparent resin layer may be provided to promote adhesion or the like. Further, in order to improve the adhesion to the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of the substance, or flatten the surface, an undercoat layer may be provided on the substrate as needed. Further, the plastic substrate preferably has a gas barrier layer and/or a solvent resistant layer on its surface.

此外，作為基板，使用配置有薄膜電晶體（Thin Film Transistor，TFT）方式彩色液晶顯示裝置的薄膜電晶體（TFT）的驅動用基板（以下，稱為「TFT方式液晶驅動用基板」），於該驅動用基板上，亦可形成使用本發明的著色組成物而成的著色圖案來製作彩色濾光片。 作為TFT方式液晶驅動用基板中的基板，例如可列舉：玻璃、矽酮、聚碳酸酯、聚酯、芳香族聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺等。視需要，亦可事先對該些基板實施利用矽烷偶合劑等的化學品處理、電漿處理、離子鍍、濺鍍、氣相反應法、真空蒸鍍等適宜的前處理。例如，可使用在TFT式液晶驅動用基板的表面形成氮化矽膜等鈍化膜而成的基板。In addition, a substrate for driving a thin film transistor (TFT) in which a thin film transistor (TFT) type color liquid crystal display device is disposed (hereinafter referred to as a "TFT type liquid crystal driving substrate") is used as the substrate. A color filter formed by using the colored composition of the present invention may be formed on the substrate for driving to form a color filter. Examples of the substrate in the TFT-type liquid crystal driving substrate include glass, anthrone, polycarbonate, polyester, aromatic polyamide, polyamidimide, and polyimine. If necessary, an appropriate pretreatment such as chemical treatment such as a decane coupling agent, plasma treatment, ion plating, sputtering, gas phase reaction, or vacuum vapor deposition may be performed on the substrates. For example, a substrate obtained by forming a passivation film such as a tantalum nitride film on the surface of a TFT liquid crystal driving substrate can be used.

作為著色組成物的應用方法，較佳為塗佈，較佳為藉由旋轉塗佈、狹縫塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗、棒塗、噴墨等方法來進行塗佈。As a method of applying the coloring composition, coating is preferred, and coating by spin coating, slit coating, cast coating, roll coating, bar coating, ink jetting, or the like is preferred.

形成於基材上的著色組成物層較佳為進行乾燥（預烘烤）。預烘烤可使用加熱板、烘箱等，於50℃～140℃的溫度範圍內，較佳為70℃～110℃左右，以10秒～300秒的條件進行。再者，預烘烤亦可併用高頻處理等。高頻處理亦可單獨使用。視需要，亦可於預烘烤前實施真空處理。關於真空乾燥的條件，真空度較佳為13 Pa～133 Pa，更佳為26 Pa～66.5 Pa。The colored composition layer formed on the substrate is preferably dried (prebaked). The prebaking can be carried out using a hot plate, an oven or the like in a temperature range of 50 ° C to 140 ° C, preferably about 70 ° C to 110 ° C, for 10 seconds to 300 seconds. Furthermore, the prebaking can also be combined with high frequency processing or the like. High frequency processing can also be used alone. Vacuum treatment may also be carried out prior to prebaking, as needed. Regarding the conditions of vacuum drying, the degree of vacuum is preferably from 13 Pa to 133 Pa, more preferably from 26 Pa to 66.5 Pa.

藉由著色組成物所形成的著色組成物層的厚度是對應於目的而適宜選擇。於圖像顯示裝置用彩色濾光片的情況下，較佳為0.2 μm～5.0 μm的範圍，更佳為1.0 μm～4.0 μm的範圍，最佳為1.5 μm～3.5 μm的範圍。另外，於固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的情況下，較佳為0.2 μm～5.0 μm的範圍，更佳為0.3 μm～2.5 μm的範圍，最佳為0.3 μm～1.5 μm的範圍。再者，著色組成物層的厚度為預烘烤後的膜厚。The thickness of the colored composition layer formed by coloring the composition is appropriately selected in accordance with the purpose. In the case of a color filter for an image display device, it is preferably in the range of 0.2 μm to 5.0 μm, more preferably in the range of 1.0 μm to 4.0 μm, and most preferably in the range of 1.5 μm to 3.5 μm. Further, in the case of a color filter for a solid-state image sensor, it is preferably in the range of 0.2 μm to 5.0 μm, more preferably in the range of 0.3 μm to 2.5 μm, and most preferably in the range of 0.3 μm to 1.5 μm. Further, the thickness of the colored composition layer is the film thickness after prebaking.

＜＜進行曝光的步驟＞＞ 繼而，於本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法中，針對以所述方式形成於基板上的包含著色組成物的膜（著色組成物層），隔著例如光罩來進行曝光。作為可應用於曝光的光或放射線，較佳為g射線、h射線、i射線、j射線、KrF光、ArF光，特佳為i射線。當將i射線用於照射光時，較佳為以100 mJ/cm2 ～10000 mJ/cm2 的曝光量進行照射。<<Step of performing exposure>> In the method of manufacturing a color filter of the present invention, for example, a film (coloring composition layer) containing a coloring composition formed on the substrate as described above is interposed, for example, by light. Cover for exposure. As light or radiation which can be applied to exposure, it is preferably g-ray, h-ray, i-ray, j-ray, KrF light, ArF light, and particularly preferably i-ray. When i-rays are used for the irradiation of light, it is preferably irradiated with an exposure amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 to 10000 mJ/cm 2 .

另外，作為其他曝光光線，亦可使用超高壓、高壓、中壓、低壓的各水銀燈，化學燈，碳弧燈，氙燈，金屬鹵化物燈，可見及紫外的各種雷射光源，螢光燈，鎢燈，太陽光等。In addition, as other exposure light, you can also use ultra-high pressure, high pressure, medium pressure, low pressure mercury lamps, chemical lamps, carbon arc lamps, xenon lamps, metal halide lamps, visible and ultraviolet laser light sources, fluorescent lamps, Tungsten lamps, sunlight, etc.

使用雷射光源的曝光步驟 於使用雷射光源的曝光方式中，作為光源，較佳為使用紫外光雷射。照射光較佳為波長為300 nm～380 nm的範圍的波長的範圍的紫外光雷射，更佳為波長為300 nm～360 nm的範圍的紫外光雷射。具體而言，尤其可適宜地使用輸出功率大、且比較廉價的固體雷射的Nd：YAG（釔·鋁·石榴石）雷射的第三諧波（355 nm），或準分子雷射的XeCl（308 nm）、XeF（353 nm）。 被曝光物（圖案）的曝光量為1 mJ/cm2 ～100 mJ/cm2 的範圍，更佳為1 mJ/cm2 ～50 mJ/cm2 的範圍。若曝光量為該範圍，則就圖案形成的生產性的觀點而言較佳。In the exposure method using a laser light source, in the exposure method using a laser light source, it is preferable to use an ultraviolet laser as a light source. The irradiation light is preferably an ultraviolet laser having a wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 380 nm, more preferably an ultraviolet laser having a wavelength in the range of 300 nm to 360 nm. In particular, it is particularly preferable to use a third harmonic (355 nm) of a solid-state laser Nd:YAG (yttrium aluminum garnet) laser having a large output and a relatively low output, or a pseudo-molecular laser XeCl (308 nm), XeF (353 nm). The exposure amount of the exposed object (pattern) is in the range of 1 mJ/cm 2 to 100 mJ/cm 2 , and more preferably in the range of 1 mJ/cm 2 to 50 mJ/cm 2 . When the amount of exposure is in this range, it is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity of pattern formation.

作為曝光裝置，並無特別限制，作為市售的曝光裝置，可使用Callisto（V科技（V-Technology）股份有限公司製造）、或EGIS（V科技股份有限公司製造）、或DF2200G（大日本網屏（Dainippon Screen）（股份）製造）等。另外，亦可適宜地使用所述以外的裝置。 當製造液晶顯示裝置用的彩色濾光片時，可較佳地採用藉由接近式曝光機、鏡面投影式曝光機，並主要使用h射線、i射線的曝光。另外，當製造固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片時，較佳為藉由步進式曝光機，並主要使用i射線。再者，當使用TFT方式液晶驅動用基板製造彩色濾光片時，所使用的光罩使用除設置有用以形成畫素（著色圖案）的圖案以外，亦設置有用以形成通孔等凹處的圖案的光罩。The exposure apparatus is not particularly limited, and as a commercially available exposure apparatus, Callisto (manufactured by V-Technology Co., Ltd.), EGIS (manufactured by V Technologies Co., Ltd.), or DF2200G (Daily Network) can be used. Screen (Dainippon Screen (share) manufacturing) and so on. Further, a device other than the above may be suitably used. When manufacturing a color filter for a liquid crystal display device, exposure by a proximity exposure machine or a mirror projection type exposure machine and mainly using h-rays and i-rays can be preferably employed. Further, when manufacturing a color filter for a solid-state image sensor, it is preferable to use a stepper and mainly use i-rays. Further, when a color filter is manufactured using a TFT-type liquid crystal driving substrate, the photomask to be used is provided with a pattern for forming a pixel (coloring pattern), and is also provided to form a recess such as a through hole. Patterned reticle.

以所述方式進行了曝光的著色組成物層可進行加熱。 另外，為了抑制著色組成物層中的色材的氧化褪色，可於反應室內一面流入氮氣一面進行曝光。The colored composition layer exposed in the manner described can be heated. Further, in order to suppress oxidative fading of the color material in the colored composition layer, exposure may be performed while flowing nitrogen gas into the reaction chamber.

＜＜形成著色圖案的步驟＞＞ 繼而，利用顯影液對曝光後的著色組成物層進行顯影。藉此，可形成負型或正型的著色圖案（抗蝕劑圖案）。於顯影步驟中，使曝光後的塗佈膜的未硬化部溶出至顯影液中，而僅使硬化部分殘存於基板上。 顯影液只要是溶解未硬化部中的著色組成物的塗佈膜（著色組成物層），另一方面不溶解硬化部者，則可使用任何顯影液。例如，可使用各種有機溶劑的組合或鹼性水溶液。 作為用於顯影的有機溶劑，可列舉於製備本發明的著色組成物時可使用的已述的溶劑。 作為鹼性水溶液，例如可列舉：使氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化三甲基苄基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙基胺、二乙基胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5,4,0]-7-十一烯等鹼性化合物以濃度變成0.001質量%～10質量%，較佳為變成0.01質量%～1質量%的方式溶解而成的鹼性水溶液。當顯影液為鹼性水溶液時，鹼濃度以較佳為pH變成11～13，更佳為pH變成11.5～12.5的方式調整為宜。 於鹼性水溶液中，例如亦可添加適量的甲醇、乙醇等水溶性有機溶劑或界面活性劑等。<<Step of Forming Colored Pattern>> Then, the exposed coloring composition layer is developed with a developing solution. Thereby, a negative or positive coloring pattern (resist pattern) can be formed. In the developing step, the uncured portion of the exposed coating film is eluted into the developing solution, and only the hardened portion remains on the substrate. Any developer may be used as long as it is a coating film (coloring composition layer) which dissolves the coloring composition in the unhardened portion, and does not dissolve the hardened portion. For example, a combination of various organic solvents or an aqueous alkaline solution can be used. The organic solvent used for development may, for example, be a solvent which can be used when preparing the coloring composition of the present invention. Examples of the alkaline aqueous solution include tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, and hydrogen. Sodium oxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate, aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide The basic compound such as a amide, a choline, a pyrrole, a piperidine or a 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5,4,0]-7-undecene has a concentration of 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably An alkaline aqueous solution which is dissolved so as to be 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass. When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, the alkali concentration is preferably adjusted so that the pH becomes 11 to 13, more preferably the pH becomes 11.5 to 12.5. An appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol or a surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.

作為顯影溫度，通常為20℃～30℃，顯影時間為20秒～90秒。 顯影可為浸漬方式、噴淋方式、噴霧方式等任一種，亦可與搖盪方式、旋轉方式、超音波方式等進行組合。亦可於接觸顯影液之前，事先利用水等潤濕被顯影面來防止顯影不均。另外，亦可使基板傾斜來進行顯影。 另外，當製造固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片時，亦可利用覆液式顯影。The development temperature is usually 20 to 30 ° C, and the development time is 20 to 90 seconds. The development may be any one of an immersion method, a shower method, a spray method, and the like, and may be combined with a shaking method, a rotation method, an ultrasonic method, or the like. It is also possible to wet the developed surface with water or the like beforehand to prevent development unevenness before contacting the developer. Alternatively, the substrate may be tilted to perform development. Further, when a color filter for a solid-state image sensor is manufactured, liquid-covering development can also be utilized.

顯影處理後，經過將剩餘的顯影液清洗去除的淋洗處理，於實施乾燥後，為了實現完全硬化，而實施加熱處理（後烘烤）。 淋洗處理通常利用純水來進行，但為了省液，亦可採用如下的方法：於最終清洗時使用純水，於清洗初期使用已使用過的純水，或者使基板傾斜來進行清洗，或者併用超音波照射。After the development treatment, the rinsing treatment for washing and removing the remaining developer is performed, and after drying, heat treatment (post-baking) is performed in order to achieve complete curing. The rinsing treatment is usually carried out using pure water, but in order to save the liquid, the following method may be employed: using pure water in the final cleaning, using the used pure water at the initial stage of washing, or tilting the substrate for cleaning, or And irradiated with ultrasonic waves.

淋洗處理後，進行脫水、乾燥，然後通常進行約200℃～250℃的加熱處理。該加熱處理（後烘烤）可使用加熱板或對流烘箱（熱風循環式乾燥機）、高頻加熱機等加熱機構，以成為所述條件的方式，藉由連續式或批次式對顯影後的塗佈膜進行。After the rinsing treatment, dehydration and drying are carried out, and then heat treatment at about 200 ° C to 250 ° C is usually carried out. The heat treatment (post-baking) may be performed by using a heating plate or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high-frequency heating machine or the like, in such a manner as to be the condition, by continuous or batch-type development. The coating film is carried out.

藉由結合所期望的色相數，依次對每種顏色重複進行以上的各步驟，可製作形成多種顏色的經著色的硬化膜（著色圖案）而成的彩色濾光片。By repeating the above respective steps for each color in order by combining the desired number of hue, a color filter formed by forming a colored cured film (colored pattern) of a plurality of colors can be produced.

於本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法中，尤其亦可對使用著色組成物所形成的著色圖案（畫素）進行紫外線照射來進行後曝光。In the method for producing a color filter of the present invention, in particular, a coloring pattern (pixel) formed using a coloring composition may be subjected to ultraviolet irradiation to perform post-exposure.

較佳為對進行了如上所述的後曝光的著色圖案進一步進行加熱處理。藉由對所形成的著色圖案進行加熱處理（所謂的後烘烤處理），可使著色圖案進一步硬化。該加熱處理可藉由例如加熱板、各種加熱器、烘箱等來進行。 作為加熱處理時的溫度，較佳為100℃～300℃，更佳為150℃～250℃。另外，加熱時間較佳為10分鐘～120分鐘左右。It is preferable to further heat-treat the colored pattern subjected to the post-exposure as described above. The colored pattern can be further hardened by subjecting the formed colored pattern to heat treatment (so-called post-baking treatment). This heat treatment can be performed by, for example, a heating plate, various heaters, an oven, or the like. The temperature at the time of heat treatment is preferably from 100 ° C to 300 ° C, more preferably from 150 ° C to 250 ° C. Further, the heating time is preferably from about 10 minutes to about 120 minutes.

以所述方式獲得的著色圖案構成彩色濾光片中的畫素。於製作具有多種色相的畫素的彩色濾光片時，只要結合所期望的色數而重複所述各步驟即可。 再者，可於每種單色的著色組成物層的形成、曝光、顯影結束（每次一種顏色）後，進行所述後曝光及/或後烘烤處理，亦可於所有所期望的色數的著色組成物層的形成、曝光、顯影結束後，一次性進行所述後曝光及/或後烘烤處理。The colored pattern obtained in the manner described constitutes a pixel in the color filter. In the case of producing a color filter having a plurality of hues of pixels, the respective steps may be repeated in combination with a desired number of colors. Furthermore, the post-exposure and/or post-baking treatment may be performed after the formation, exposure, and development of each of the monochromatic coloring composition layers (one color at a time), and may also be performed in all desired colors. After the formation, exposure, and development of the number of colored composition layers, the post-exposure and/or post-baking treatment is performed once.

另外，本發明的著色組成物亦可應用於包括乾式蝕刻步驟的彩色濾光片的製造方法。作為此種製造方法的一例，可列舉包括如下步驟的製造方法：使用本發明的著色組成物來形成著色層的步驟、於著色層上形成光阻劑層的步驟、藉由進行曝光及顯影來將光阻劑層加以圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟、以及將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟。Further, the coloring composition of the present invention can also be applied to a method of producing a color filter including a dry etching step. An example of such a production method includes a production method including the steps of forming a colored layer using the colored composition of the present invention, a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer, and performing exposure and development. The step of patterning the photoresist layer to obtain a resist pattern, and the step of dry etching the colored layer using the resist pattern as an etch mask.

藉由本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法所獲得的彩色濾光片（本發明的彩色濾光片）因使用本發明的著色組成物，故色相及對比度優異。 本發明的彩色濾光片可用於圖像顯示裝置或固體攝像元件，特別適合液晶顯示裝置的用途。當用於液晶顯示裝置時，可一面達成良好的色相，一面進行分光特性及對比度優異的圖像的顯示。The color filter (color filter of the present invention) obtained by the method for producing a color filter of the present invention is excellent in hue and contrast because the coloring composition of the present invention is used. The color filter of the present invention can be used for an image display device or a solid-state image sensor, and is particularly suitable for use in a liquid crystal display device. When used in a liquid crystal display device, it is possible to display an image excellent in spectral characteristics and contrast while achieving a good hue.

作為本發明的著色組成物的用途，於所述中主要以彩色濾光片的著色圖案的形成用途為中心進行了說明，但亦可應用於將構成彩色濾光片的著色圖案（畫素）隔離的黑色矩陣的形成。 基板上的黑色矩陣可藉由如下方式來形成：使用含有碳黑、鈦黑等黑色顏料的加工顏料的著色組成物，經過塗佈、曝光、及顯影的各步驟後，視需要進行後烘烤。The use of the coloring composition of the present invention is mainly described in the application of the coloring pattern of the color filter, but it can also be applied to the coloring pattern (pixel) constituting the color filter. The formation of isolated black matrices. The black matrix on the substrate can be formed by using a colored composition of a processed pigment containing a black pigment such as carbon black or titanium black, after each step of coating, exposing, and developing, and then performing post-baking as needed. .

＜圖像顯示裝置＞ 本發明的圖像顯示裝置是具備本發明的彩色濾光片而成者。作為圖像顯示裝置，可列舉液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光（有機EL（Electroluminescence））顯示裝置等。特別適合液晶顯示裝置的用途。具備本發明的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置可進行顯示圖像的色澤良好且顯示特性優異的高畫質圖像的顯示。<Image Display Device> The image display device of the present invention is a color filter including the present invention. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence (organic luminescence) display device, and the like. Particularly suitable for the use of liquid crystal display devices. The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention can display a high-quality image in which the color of the displayed image is good and the display characteristics are excellent.

關於圖像顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細情況，於例如「電子顯示元件（佐佐木 昭夫著，工業調查會（Kogyo Chosakai Publishing）（股份） 1990年發行）」、「顯示元件（伊吹 順章著，產業圖書（Sangyo Tosho）（股份）1989年發行）」等中有記載。另外，關於液晶顯示裝置，於例如「下一代液晶顯示技術（內田 龍男編輯，工業調查會（股份） 1994年發行）」中有記載。可應用本發明的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制，例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示技術」中所記載的各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。The definition of the image display device or the details of each display device is, for example, "Electronic display element (Kosyo Chosakai Publishing (share) issued in 1990)", "Display element (Ibuki Shun chapter) In the case of Sangyo Tosho (issued in 1989), it is described in the book. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next-generation liquid crystal display technology (edited by Uchida Ryuo, Industrial Research Association (share), 1994). The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next generation liquid crystal display technology".

其中，本發明的彩色濾光片尤其對於彩色TFT（Thin Film Transistor）方式的液晶顯示裝置有效。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置，於例如「彩色TFT液晶顯示器（共立出版（股份）1996年發行）」中有記載。進而，本發明亦可應用於共面切換（In Plane Switching，IPS）等橫向電場驅動方式、多域垂直配向（Multi-domain Vertical Alignment，MVA）等畫素分割方式等的視角被擴大的液晶顯示裝置，或者超扭轉向列（Super-Twist Nematic，STN）、扭轉向列（Twisted Nematic，TN）、垂直配向（Vertical Alignment，VA）、片上間隔物（on-chip spacer，OCS）、邊緣場切換（fringe field switching，FFS）、及反射光學補償彎曲（Reflective Optically Compensated Bend，R-OCB）等。 另外，本發明的彩色濾光片亦可供於明亮且高精細的彩色濾光片陣列（Color-filter On Array，COA）方式。Among them, the color filter of the present invention is particularly effective for a liquid crystal display device of a color TFT (Thin Film Transistor) type. A color TFT liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Color TFT Liquid Crystal Display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., 1996)". Further, the present invention can also be applied to a liquid crystal display in which an angle of view such as a horizontal electric field driving method such as In Plane Switching (IPS) or a pixel division method such as Multi-domain Vertical Alignment (MVA) is expanded. Device, or Super-Twist Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (VA), on-chip spacer (OCS), fringe field switching (fringe field switching, FFS), and Reflective Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB). In addition, the color filter of the present invention is also available in a bright and high-definition Color-filter On Array (COA) mode.

若將本發明的彩色濾光片用於圖像顯示裝置，則當與先前公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時可實現高對比度，進而，藉由將紅、綠、藍的發光二極體光源（RGB-LED（Light Emitting Diode））作為背光源，可提供亮度高、色純度高且色彩再現性良好的圖像顯示裝置。When the color filter of the present invention is used for an image display device, high contrast can be achieved when combined with a three-wavelength tube of a previously known cold cathode tube, and further, by emitting red, green, and blue light-emitting diodes As a backlight, a body light source (RGB-LED (Light Emitting Diode)) can provide an image display device having high luminance, high color purity, and good color reproducibility.

＜固體攝像元件＞ 本發明的固體攝像元件具備所述本發明的彩色濾光片。作為本發明的固體攝像元件的構成，只要是具備本發明的彩色濾光片、且作為固體攝像元件發揮功能的構成，則並無特別限定，例如可列舉如下的構成。<Solid-State Imaging Device> The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the color filter of the present invention. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a configuration in which the color filter of the present invention is provided as a solid-state imaging device, and the following configuration is exemplified.

該構成如下：於支撐體上具有構成固體攝像元件（電荷耦合元件（Charge Coupled Device，CCD）影像感測器、互補型金屬氧化膜半導體（Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor，CMOS）影像感測器等）的光接收區域的多個光二極體及包含多晶矽等的轉移電極，於所述光二極體及所述轉移電極上具有僅對光二極體的光接收部開口的包含鎢等的遮光膜，於遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜的整個面及光二極體光接收部的方式形成的包含氮化矽酮等的元件保護膜，於所述元件保護膜上具有本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片。 進而，亦可為如下的構成等：於所述元件保護膜上、且於彩色濾光片下（靠近支撐體之側）具有聚光機構（例如微透鏡等。以下相同）的構成，或者於彩色濾光片上具有聚光機構的構成。 [實施例]The configuration is as follows: a solid-state imaging device (a charge coupled device (CCD) image sensor, a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) image sensor, etc.) is formed on the support. a plurality of photodiodes in the light-receiving region and a transfer electrode including a polysilicon or the like, and a light-shielding film containing tungsten or the like which is opened only to the light-receiving portion of the photodiode, and the light-shielding film is formed on the photodiode and the transfer electrode. The film has an element protective film containing a ruthenium ketone or the like formed to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving portion, and the color filter of the solid-state image sensor of the present invention is provided on the element protective film. sheet. Further, the configuration may be such as to have a configuration of a light collecting means (for example, a microlens or the like, the same applies hereinafter) on the element protective film and under the color filter (on the side close to the support), or The color filter has a configuration of a light collecting mechanism. [Examples]

以下，列舉實施例來更具體地說明本發明。只要不脫離本發明的主旨，則以下的實施例中所示的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理程序等可適宜變更。因此，本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示的具體例。再者，只要事先無特別說明，則「%」及「份」為質量基準。Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by way of examples. The materials, the amounts used, the ratios, the processing contents, the processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, "%" and "parts" are quality standards unless otherwise specified.

＜重量平均分子量（Mw）的測定方法（GPC測定）＞ 自樣品中去除溶劑，利用四氫呋喃將所獲得的固體成分稀釋成0.1質量%，並利用HLC-8020GPC（東曹（股份）製造），將使2根TSKgel α-M（東曹（股份）製造，7.8 mm（內徑）×30 cm）串聯連接而成者作為管柱來進行測定。重量平均分子量（Mw）是將測定條件設為試樣濃度為0.35質量%的N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮（NMP）、流速為0.3 mL/min、樣品注入量為10 μL、測定溫度為40℃，並使用紫外線檢測器進行測定所得的值。 ＜具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物（化合物A）的含量＞ 根據藉由GPC測定所獲得的資料，預估並算出重量平均分子量為1500以下的量。<Measurement Method of Weight Average Molecular Weight (Mw) (GPC Measurement)> The solvent was removed from the sample, and the obtained solid component was diluted to 0.1% by mass with tetrahydrofuran, and HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) was used. Two TSKgel α-M (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 7.8 mm (inner diameter) × 30 cm) were connected in series and measured as a column. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) having a sample concentration of 0.35% by mass, a flow rate of 0.3 mL/min, a sample injection amount of 10 μL, and a measurement temperature. The value obtained was measured at 40 ° C using an ultraviolet detector. <Content of Compound (Compound A) having a weight average molecular weight of 1,500 or less having a triarylmethane structure> From the data obtained by GPC measurement, an amount by weight average molecular weight of 1,500 or less was estimated and calculated.

＜合成例1＞ （TAM1的合成） TAM1是根據以下的途徑來合成。 [化62] <Synthesis Example 1> (Synthesis of TAM1) TAM1 was synthesized according to the following route. [化62]

（合成中間物（化合物2）的合成） 將4,4'-二氯二苯甲酮（化合物1）25.1 g、二甲苯200 mL、第三丁氧基鈉28.8 g及1,3,5-均三甲苯基胺加入至三口燒瓶中，進行1小時氮起泡，然後添加乙酸鈀（II）22.5 mg、二環己基(1,1-二苯基-1-丙烯-2-基)膦78.1 mg並於110℃下攪拌3小時。 冷卻至室溫為止後，添加離子交換水200 mL與2-丙醇40 mL的混合溶液，進行過濾後，以甲苯160 mL與2-丙醇20 mL的混合溶液、離子交換水200 mL、2-丙醇200 mL的順序進行清洗而獲得39.3 g（產率為87.6%）的化合物2。(Synthesis of a synthetic intermediate (Compound 2)) 25.1 g of 2,4'-dichlorobenzophenone (Compound 1), 200 mL of xylene, 28.8 g of sodium butoxide, and 1,3,5- The mesitylamine was added to a three-necked flask for 1 hour of nitrogen foaming, followed by the addition of palladium(II) acetate 22.5 mg, dicyclohexyl (1,1-diphenyl-1-propen-2-yl)phosphine 78.1 The mg was stirred at 110 ° C for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, a mixed solution of 200 mL of ion-exchanged water and 40 mL of 2-propanol was added, and after filtration, a mixed solution of 160 mL of toluene and 20 mL of 2-propanol, ion-exchanged water of 200 mL, 2 was added. - 200 mL of propanol was sequentially washed to obtain 39.3 g (yield 87.6%) of Compound 2.

（合成中間物（化合物3）的合成） 使氮氣於三口燒瓶中流動，加入N-甲基吡咯啶酮150 mL與氫化鈉8.0 g，歷時30分鐘滴加使30.0 g的化合物2溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮100 mL中而成的溶液，攪拌3小時後，歷時30分鐘滴加對甲苯磺酸甲酯27.4 g。其後，攪拌2小時，緩慢地滴加離子交換水220 mL與2-丙醇50 mL的混合溶液後，滴加1 mol/L鹽酸水70 mL，並進行過濾。以離子交換水200 mL、甲醇200 mL、己烷160 mL與2-丙醇20 mL的混合溶媒的順序進行清洗，而獲得31.6 g（99.0%）的化合物3。(Synthesis of Synthesis Intermediate (Compound 3)) Nitrogen gas was flowed through a three-necked flask, and 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and 8.0 g of sodium hydride were added, and 30.0 g of Compound 2 was dissolved in N-d over 30 minutes. A solution of methylpyrrolidone in 100 mL was stirred for 3 hours, and 27.4 g of methyl p-toluenesulfonate was added dropwise over 30 minutes. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours, and a mixed solution of 220 mL of ion-exchanged water and 50 mL of 2-propanol was slowly added dropwise, and then 70 mL of 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid water was added thereto, followed by filtration. The mixture was washed in the order of 200 mL of ion-exchanged water, 200 mL of methanol, 160 mL of hexane, and 20 mL of 2-propanol to obtain 31.6 g (99.0%) of Compound 3.

（合成中間物（化合物5）的合成） 向三口燒瓶中添加乙腈110 mL與1-萘基胺（化合物4）24.5 g及過氯酸鋅六水合物3.2 g，並昇溫至40℃，歷時30分鐘滴加1,2-環氧環己烷23.5 g後，攪拌5小時。添加乙腈110 mL，並滴加離子交換水170 mL，攪拌20分鐘後，冷卻至室溫為止，攪拌1小時後進行過濾。利用離子交換水50 mL清洗2次而獲得32.3 g（產率為71.2%）的化合物5。(Synthesis of Synthetic Intermediate (Compound 5)) To a three-necked flask, 110 mL of acetonitrile and 24.5 g of 1-naphthylamine (Compound 4) and 3.2 g of zinc perchlorate hexahydrate were added, and the temperature was raised to 40 ° C for 30 minutes. After 23.5 g of 1,2-epoxycyclohexane was added dropwise thereto, the mixture was stirred for 5 hours. 110 mL of acetonitrile was added, and 170 mL of ion-exchanged water was added dropwise thereto, and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes, and then cooled to room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour, it was filtered. The mixture was washed twice with 50 mL of ion-exchanged water to obtain 32.3 g (yield: 71.2%) of Compound 5.

（合成中間物（R-2）的合成） 向三口燒瓶中加入乙腈20 mL、2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基丁二酸4.8 g、對甲苯磺醯氯5.3 g、及4.8 g的化合物5，一面冷卻至10℃以下一面歷時30分鐘滴加1-甲基咪唑4.6 g後，攪拌5小時。昇溫至室溫後，添加甲苯30 mL與離子交換水30 mL進行分液後，利用5%NaHCO3 水溶液30 mL清洗2次後，進行減壓濃縮而獲得油狀化合物。 向三口燒瓶中加入所獲得的油狀化合物8.9 g、乙腈20 mL、9.1 g的化合物3、及氧氯化磷6.4 g，於90℃下攪拌3小時，冷卻至室溫後，添加乙酸乙酯110 mL與離子交換水60 mL進行分液。利用5%NaHCO3 水溶液進行清洗，添加雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰7.3 g並攪拌30分鐘後，添加離子交換水60 mL進行分液，並利用5%NaHCO3 水溶液進行清洗。進行減壓濃縮後，藉由矽膠管柱來進行精製，而獲得8.9 g（產率為98.0%）的化合物R-2。(Synthesis of Synthetic Intermediate (R-2)) To a three-necked flask, 20 mL of acetonitrile, 4.8 g of 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl succinic acid, 5.3 g of p-toluenesulfonium chloride, and 4.8 g of a compound were added. 5. After cooling to 10 ° C or less, 4.6 g of 1-methylimidazole was added dropwise over 30 minutes, and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours. After warming to room temperature, 30 mL of toluene and 30 mL of ion-exchanged water were added for liquid separation, and the mixture was washed twice with 30 mL of a 5% NaHCO 3 aqueous solution, and then concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oily compound. 8.9 g of the obtained oily compound, 20 mL of acetonitrile, 9.1 g of Compound 3, and 6.4 g of phosphorus oxychloride were added to a three-necked flask, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 3 hours, and after cooling to room temperature, ethyl acetate was added thereto. 110 mL was dispensed with 60 mL of ion-exchanged water. Washing with 5% NaHCO 3 aqueous solution, adding 7.3 g of lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfoxide and stirring for 30 minutes, then adding 60 mL of ion-exchanged water for liquid separation, and washing with 5% NaHCO 3 aqueous solution. . After concentration under reduced pressure, purification was carried out by a silica gel column to obtain 8.9 g (yield: 98.0%) of compound R-2.

＜TAM1的合成（聚合步驟）＞ 向三口燒瓶中加入丙二醇-1-單甲基醚-2-乙酸酯1.9 g，一面使氮氣流動一面加熱至60℃，歷時1小時滴加丙二醇-1-單甲基醚-2-乙酸酯4.5 g、十二基硫醇0.24 g、5.0 g的R-2、甲基丙烯酸環己酯0.56 g、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯0.67g、甲基丙烯酸0.43 g、及2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)0.16 g溶液，攪拌1小時後，添加2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)0.08 g，並攪拌5小時。冷卻至室溫，添加己烷35 mL，攪拌1小時後，進行過濾而獲得6.7 g（產率為96.6%）的TAM1。<Synthesis of TAM1 (Polymerization Step)> To a three-necked flask, 1.9 g of propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether-2-acetate was added, and the mixture was heated to 60 ° C while flowing nitrogen gas, and propylene glycol-1- was added dropwise over 1 hour. Monomethyl ether-2-acetate 4.5 g, dodecyl mercaptan 0.24 g, 5.0 g R-2, cyclohexyl methacrylate 0.56 g, glycidyl methacrylate 0.67 g, methacrylic acid 0.43 g, and 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 0.16 g solution, after stirring for 1 hour, add 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile ) 0.08 g and stirred for 5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, 35 mL of hexane was added, and after stirring for 1 hour, filtration was carried out to obtain 6.7 g (yield 96.6%) of TAM1.

＜TAM2～TAM6＞ 除變更聚合步驟的十二基硫醇的量以外，與合成例1同樣地合成。<TAM2 to TAM6> The synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the amount of dodecyl mercaptan in the polymerization step was changed.

＜TAM7～TAM15＞ 除變更聚合步驟的各單體的量以外，與TAM3同樣地合成。<TAM7 to TAM15> The synthesis was carried out in the same manner as TAM3 except that the amount of each monomer in the polymerization step was changed.

＜TAM16～TAM22＞ 除變更聚合步驟的各單體以外，與TAM3同樣地合成。<TAM16 to TAM22> The synthesis was carried out in the same manner as TAM3 except that each monomer in the polymerization step was changed.

＜TAM23＞ 除將化合物3變更成N,N,N',N'-四乙基-4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮以外，與TAM3同樣地合成。<TAM23> A compound 3 was synthesized in the same manner as TAM3 except that the compound 3 was changed to N,N,N',N'-tetraethyl-4,4'-diaminobenzophenone.

＜TAM24＞ 除將雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰變更成三(三氟甲磺醯基)甲基化鉀以外，與TAM3同樣地合成。<TAM24> A bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) ruthenium amide was synthesized in the same manner as TAM3 except that it was changed to tris(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)methylated potassium.

＜TAM25＞ 除將雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鋰變更成三氟甲磺酸鋰以外，與TAM3同樣地合成。<TAM25> The same procedure as TAM3 was carried out except that lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) ruthenium was changed to lithium trifluoromethanesulfonate.

＜R-1＞ 使用鹼性藍7（東京化成公司製造）。<R-1> Basic Blue 7 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used.

＜R-3、R-5＞ 除變更聚合步驟的十二基硫醇的量以外，與合成例1同樣地合成。<R-3, R-5> The synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the amount of the dodecylmercaptan in the polymerization step was changed.

＜R-4＞ 除變更聚合步驟的各單體的量以外，與合成例1同樣地合成。<R-4> The synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the amount of each monomer in the polymerization step was changed.

[試驗例1] ＜實施例1～實施例25、比較例1～比較例5＞ （著色組成物的製備） 將下述組成的原料混合，而製備著色組成物。 -組成- ·著色劑···5.1質量份 ·聚合性化合物（T-1）···6.0質量份 ·鹼可溶性黏合劑（U-2）···5.3質量份 ·光聚合起始劑（V-4）···0.3質量份 ·硬化促進劑（V-5）···0.2質量份 ·溶劑（X-1）···71質量份 ·溶劑（X-3）···13質量份 ·界面活性劑（Z-1）···0.01質量份[Test Example 1] <Examples 1 to 25 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5> (Preparation of colored composition) A raw material having the following composition was mixed to prepare a colored composition. - Composition - Colorant · 5.1 mass parts · Polymerizable compound (T-1) · 6.0 parts by mass · Alkali-soluble binder (U-2) · · · 5.3 parts by mass · Photopolymerization initiator ( V-4)···0.3 parts by mass·hardening accelerator (V-5)···0.2 parts by mass·solvent (X-1)···71 parts by mass·solvent (X-3)···13 quality Portion surfactant (Z-1)···0.01 parts by mass

著色劑：下述結構。於以下的式中，一併記載於重複單元中的數值為加入的原料的質量比。 [化63][化64][化65][化66] Colorant: The following structure. In the following formula, the numerical value described together in the repeating unit is the mass ratio of the raw materials to be added. [化63] [化64] [化65] [化66]

聚合性化合物（T-1）：卡亞拉得（KAYARAD）DPHA（日本化藥（股份）製造，二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯與二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯的混合物） 鹼可溶性黏合劑（U-2）：甲基丙烯酸烯丙酯/甲基丙烯酸（77/23「質量比」共聚物，重量平均分子量為37,000，酸價為137 mgKOH/g） 光聚合起始劑（V-4）：豔佳固（IRGACURE）OXE-02（日本巴斯夫（BASF Japan）） 硬化促進劑（V-5）：卡倫茲（Karenz）MTBD-1（昭和電工股份有限公司） 溶劑（X-1）：丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯 溶劑（X-3）：（甲基乙基二甘醇（Methyl Ethyl Diglycol，MEGD）日本乳化劑股份有限公司製造） 界面活性劑（Z-1）：下述混合物（Mw=14000） [化67] Polymerizable compound (T-1): KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate) Alkali-soluble binder (U-2): Allyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid (77/23 "mass ratio" copolymer, weight average molecular weight 37,000, acid value 137 mgKOH/g) Photopolymerization initiator (V-4): Yanjiagu ( IRGACURE) OXE-02 (BASF Japan) Hardening Accelerator (V-5): Karenz MTBD-1 (Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) Solvent (X-1): Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate solvent (X-3): (Methyl Ethyl Diglycol (MEGD) manufactured by Nippon Emulsifier Co., Ltd.) Surfactant (Z-1): the following mixture (Mw = 14000) [67]

＜硬化膜的製作＞ 利用旋塗法將以上所獲得的著色硬化性樹脂組成物塗佈於100 mm×100 mm的玻璃基板（1737，康寧公司製造）上後，於室溫下乾燥30分鐘，藉此使揮發成分揮發而獲得著色層。不隔著光罩對該著色層照射全面曝光的i射線（波長為365 nm），而形成潛像。i射線的光源使用超高壓水銀燈，於變成平行光後進行照射。此時，將照射光量設為40 mJ/cm2 。繼而，於26℃下，使用碳酸鈉/碳酸氫鈉的水溶液（濃度為2.4質量%）對形成有該潛像的著色層進行45秒顯影，繼而，利用流水淋洗20秒後，藉由噴霧來進行乾燥。利用潔淨烘箱對乾燥後的膜進行230℃×20分鐘煅燒，而獲得硬化膜。 對以上所獲得的硬化膜進行下述的評價。<Preparation of a cured film> The colored curable resin composition obtained above was applied onto a 100 mm × 100 mm glass substrate (1737, manufactured by Corning Incorporated) by a spin coating method, and then dried at room temperature for 30 minutes. Thereby, the volatile component is volatilized to obtain a colored layer. The colored layer is irradiated with a full-exposed i-ray (wavelength of 365 nm) without a mask to form a latent image. The light source of the i-ray is irradiated with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp after becoming parallel light. At this time, the amount of irradiation light was set to 40 mJ/cm 2 . Then, the coloring layer on which the latent image was formed was developed using an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate/sodium hydrogencarbonate (concentration: 2.4% by mass) at 26° C. for 45 seconds, followed by rinsing with running water for 20 seconds, followed by spraying. To dry. The dried film was calcined at 230 ° C for 20 minutes using a clean oven to obtain a cured film. The cured film obtained above was subjected to the following evaluation.

＜耐熱性＞ 算出以上所獲得的硬化膜的透過光譜、與在230℃下對以上所獲得的硬化膜追加進行80分鐘煅燒時的透過光譜的色差ΔEab。ΔEab值小表示耐熱性優異。 ΔEab未滿2···6 ΔEab為2以上、未滿3···5 ΔEab為3以上、未滿4···4 ΔEab為4以上、未滿5···3 ΔEab為5以上、未滿10···2 ΔEab為10以上···1<Heat Resistance> The color difference ΔEab of the transmission spectrum of the cured film obtained above and the transmission spectrum obtained by adding the cured film obtained above to the cured film obtained at 230 ° C for 80 minutes were calculated. A small ΔEab value indicates excellent heat resistance. ΔEab is less than 2···6 ΔEab is 2 or more, less than 3···5 ΔEab is 3 or more, less than 4···4 ΔEab is 4 or more, less than 5···3 ΔEab is 5 or more, Full 10···2 ΔEab is 10 or more···1

＜耐溶劑性（色度差）＞ 於230℃下對以上所獲得的硬化膜進行30分鐘加熱後，於25℃的丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯（Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate，PGMEA）中浸漬10分鐘，測定浸漬前後的色度，並算出顏色變化的指標ΔEab。ΔEab值根據於PGMEA中浸漬前後的硬化膜的透過光譜而算出。再者，於ΔEab的值為3以下的情況下，設為色相變化少、具有優異的耐溶劑性者。 ΔEab為1.5以上、未滿2···5 ΔEab為2以上、未滿3.5···4 ΔEab為3.5以上、未滿4···3 ΔEab為4以上、未滿5···2 ΔEab為5以上···1<Solvent resistance (chromaticity difference)> The cured film obtained above was heated at 230 ° C for 30 minutes, and then impregnated in 25 ° C of Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate (PGMEA). The chromaticity before and after the immersion was measured for 10 minutes, and the index ΔEab of the color change was calculated. The ΔEab value was calculated from the transmission spectrum of the cured film before and after immersion in PGMEA. In the case where the value of ΔEab is 3 or less, it is assumed that the hue change is small and the solvent resistance is excellent. ΔEab is 1.5 or more, less than 2···5 ΔEab is 2 or more, less than 3.5···4 ΔEab is 3.5 or more, less than 4···3 ΔEab is 4 or more, less than 5···2 ΔEab is 5 or more···1

＜電壓保持率＞ 將著色組成物以乾燥後的膜厚變成2.0 μm的方式塗佈於帶有氧化銦錫（Indium Tin Oxide，ITO）電極的玻璃基板（商品名：1737 康寧公司製造）上，並於100℃的烘箱中進行60秒乾燥（預烘烤）。其後，不隔著遮罩而進行100 mJ/cm2 的曝光（照度為20 mW/cm2 ），然後利用鹼性顯影液（商品名：CDK-1，富士軟片電子材料（Fujifilm Electronic Materials）（股份）製造）的1%水溶液於25℃下進行顯影，於230℃的烘箱中對進行水洗、乾燥後的塗佈膜進行20分鐘加熱處理（後烘烤），而形成硬化膜。繼而，利用混合有5 μm的玻璃珠的密封劑將形成有該硬化膜的基板與僅將ITO電極蒸鍍成規定形狀的基板貼合後，向基板間注入默克（Merck）製造的液晶MJ971189（商品名），而製作液晶單元。 繼而，將液晶單元放入至60℃的恆溫層中24小時後，利用東陽特克尼卡（TOYO Corporation）製造的液晶電壓保持率測定系統VHR-1A型（商品名），藉由下述的測定條件來測定液晶單元的電壓保持率，並藉由下述基準中所示的分數來進行評價。分數越高，電壓保持率越良好。 測定條件 ·電極間距離：5 μm～15 μm ·施加電壓脈衝振幅：5 V ·施加電壓脈衝頻率：60 Hz ·施加電壓脈衝寬度：16.67 msec *電壓保持率：16.7毫秒後的液晶單元電位差/於0毫秒內施加的電壓的值 *判定法 90%以上：5 85%以上、未滿90%：4 80%以上、未滿85%：3 75%以上、未滿80%：2 未滿75%：1<Voltage retention ratio> The coloring composition was applied to a glass substrate (trade name: 1737 Corning Co., Ltd.) equipped with an Indium Tin Oxide (ITO) electrode so that the film thickness after drying became 2.0 μm. It was dried in an oven at 100 ° C for 60 seconds (prebaking). Thereafter, exposure at 100 mJ/cm 2 (illuminance of 20 mW/cm 2 ) was carried out without a mask, and then an alkaline developer (trade name: CDK-1, Fujifilm Electronic Materials) was used. The 1% aqueous solution (manufactured by the company) was developed at 25 ° C, and the coated film which was washed with water and dried in an oven at 230 ° C was subjected to heat treatment (post-baking) for 20 minutes to form a cured film. Then, the substrate on which the cured film was formed was bonded to a substrate on which only the ITO electrode was vapor-deposited into a predetermined shape by a sealant containing 5 μm of glass beads, and then a liquid crystal MJ971189 manufactured by Merck was injected between the substrates. (trade name), and make a liquid crystal cell. Then, the liquid crystal cell was placed in a thermostatic layer at 60 ° C for 24 hours, and then a liquid crystal voltage retention ratio measurement system VHR-1A (trade name) manufactured by Toyo Corporation was used. The measurement conditions were used to measure the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal cell, and the evaluation was performed by the score shown in the following standard. The higher the score, the better the voltage retention. Measurement conditions and distance between electrodes: 5 μm to 15 μm • Applied voltage pulse amplitude: 5 V • Applied voltage pulse frequency: 60 Hz • Applied voltage pulse width: 16.67 msec * Voltage holding ratio: Liquid crystal cell potential difference after 16.7 ms The value of the voltage applied within 0 milliseconds* is determined by 90% or more: 5 85% or more, less than 90%: 4 80% or more, less than 85%: 3 75% or more, less than 80%: 2 less than 75% :1

[表1] [Table 1]

根據所述結果，實施例可形成耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的硬化膜。進而，硬化膜的電壓保持率優異。 另一方面，比較例無法使耐熱性與耐溶劑性併存。According to the results, the examples can form a cured film excellent in heat resistance and solvent resistance. Further, the cured film has excellent voltage holding ratio. On the other hand, in the comparative example, heat resistance and solvent resistance could not be coexistent.

[試驗例2] ＜實施例26～實施例48＞ （著色組成物的製備） 將下述組成的原料混合，而製備著色組成物。 -組成- ·著色劑···5.1質量份 ·聚合性化合物（T-1）···6.0質量份 ·鹼可溶性黏合劑（U-2）···5.3質量份 ·光聚合起始劑（V-4）···0.3質量份 ·硬化促進劑（V-5）···0.2質量份 ·添加劑（W-1）···0.5質量份 ·溶劑（X-1）···71質量份 ·溶劑（X-3）···13質量份 ·界面活性劑（Z-1）···0.01質量份[Test Example 2] <Examples 26 to 48> (Preparation of colored composition) A raw material having the following composition was mixed to prepare a colored composition. - Composition - Colorant · 5.1 mass parts · Polymerizable compound (T-1) · 6.0 parts by mass · Alkali-soluble binder (U-2) · · · 5.3 parts by mass · Photopolymerization initiator ( V-4)···0.3 parts by mass·hardening accelerator (V-5)···0.2 parts by mass·additive (W-1)···0.5 parts by mass·solvent (X-1)···71 quality Parts·Solvent (X-3)···13 parts by mass·Interfacial surfactant (Z-1)···0.01 parts by mass

著色劑：下述表中所記載的著色劑 聚合性化合物（T-1）、鹼可溶性黏合劑（U-2）、光聚合起始劑（V-4）、硬化促進劑（V-5）、溶劑（X-1）、溶劑（X-3）、界面活性劑（Z-1）：所述聚合性化合物（T-1）、鹼可溶性黏合劑（U-2）、光聚合起始劑（V-4）、硬化促進劑（V-5）、溶劑（X-1）、溶劑（X-3）、界面活性劑（Z-1） 添加劑（W-1）：雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鉀（三菱材料公司製造）Coloring agent: a coloring agent polymerizable compound (T-1), an alkali-soluble binder (U-2), a photopolymerization initiator (V-4), and a curing accelerator (V-5) described in the following Table. , solvent (X-1), solvent (X-3), surfactant (Z-1): the polymerizable compound (T-1), an alkali-soluble binder (U-2), a photopolymerization initiator (V-4), hardening accelerator (V-5), solvent (X-1), solvent (X-3), surfactant (Z-1) additive (W-1): bis(trifluoromethanesulfonate)醯 醯) 醯 imino potassium (made by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation)

以與試驗例1相同的方法評價耐熱性、耐溶劑性及電壓保持率。將結果示於下述表中。 [表2] 根據所述結果，實施例可形成耐熱性及耐溶劑性優異的硬化膜。進而，硬化膜的電壓保持率優異。Heat resistance, solvent resistance, and voltage holding ratio were evaluated in the same manner as in Test Example 1. The results are shown in the following table. [Table 2] According to the results, the examples can form a cured film excellent in heat resistance and solvent resistance. Further, the cured film has excellent voltage holding ratio.

無no

無no

無no

Claims (24)

一種著色組成物，其包括聚合物TP與聚合性化合物，所述聚合物TP包含至少一種具有選自通式（TP1）、及通式（TP2）中的三芳基甲烷結構的重複單元A，及具有交聯性基的重複單元B， 所述聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為3000～500000，相對於所述聚合物TP的質量，具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下；通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp4 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；Rtp5 、Rtp6 、Rtp8 、Rtp9 及Rtp11 分別獨立地表示取代基；Rtp7 表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp71 Rtp72 ；Rtp71 及Rtp72 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；Rtp10 表示氫原子、烷基或芳基；a、b、c及d分別獨立地表示0～4的整數；當a、b、c及d為2以上時，Rtp5 、Rtp6 、Rtp8 及Rtp9 中的2個可相互連結而形成環；X表示陰離子，或者不存在X且Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個包含陰離子；Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的任一者表示與所述重複單元A的鍵結部位。A colored composition comprising a polymer TP and a polymerizable compound, the polymer TP comprising at least one repeating unit A having a triarylmethane structure selected from the group consisting of the formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), and a repeating unit B having a crosslinkable group having a weight average molecular weight of from 3,000 to 500,000, and a compound A having a triarylmethane structure and having a weight average molecular weight of 1,500 or less with respect to the mass of the polymer TP The content is 20% by mass or less; In the general formula (TP1) and the formula (TP2), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; and Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , Rtp 9 and Rtp 11 each independently represent a substitution. Rtp 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 71 Rtp 72 ; Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; Rtp 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group; , b, c, and d each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; when a, b, c, and d are 2 or more, two of Rtp 5 , Rtp 6 , Rtp 8 , and Rtp 9 may be linked to each other to form a ring. ; X represents an anion, or X and absent Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 and at least one contains an anionic Rtp 72; Rtp 1 ~ Rtp 11, Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 represents any one of the repeating unit a Bonding part. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色組成物，其中相對於所述聚合物TP的質量，所述聚合物TP的所述化合物A的含量為10質量%以下。The colored composition according to claim 1, wherein the content of the compound A of the polymer TP is 10% by mass or less based on the mass of the polymer TP. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中所述聚合物TP的重量平均分子量為10000～50000。The colored composition according to Item 1 or 2, wherein the polymer TP has a weight average molecular weight of 10,000 to 50,000. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中所述重複單元B所具有的交聯性基為選自含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、噁唑啉基、由-C-O-R所表示的基及碳酸酯基中的至少一種；其中，R表示氫原子或碳數1～20的烷基。The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the repeating unit B has a crosslinking group selected from the group consisting of a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxy group, and an oxygen hetero ring. At least one of a butyl group, an oxazoline group, a group represented by -COR, and a carbonate group; wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中所述X自具有選自氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、硼酸鹽陰離子、PF6- 及SbF6- 中的至少一種陰離子，以及選自-SO3 - 、-COO- 、-PO4 - 、由下述通式（A1）所表示的結構及由下述通式（A2）所表示的結構中的至少一種結構的化合物中選擇； 通式（A1）通式（A1）中，R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -或-CO-； 通式（A2）通式（A2）中，R3 表示-SO2 -或-CO-；R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -、-CO-或-CN。The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the X is selected from the group consisting of a fluoride anion, a chloride anion, a bromine anion, an iodine anion, a cyanide ion, a perchlorate anion, and a borate anion. And at least one anion of PF 6- and SbF 6- , and a structure selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , represented by the following formula (A1), and by the following formula ( A2) A compound selected from at least one of the structures represented by the structure; Formula (A1) In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-; formula (A2) In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-; and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中所述X為含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物。The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the X is a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion, a tris(sulfonyl) methide anion or a sulfonate anion. Compound. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中所述X為含有交聯性基的化合物。The colored composition according to Item 1 or 2, wherein the X is a compound having a crosslinkable group. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中所述X為含有具有陰離子部位的重複單元的聚合物。The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the X is a polymer containing a repeating unit having an anionic moiety. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中通式（TP1）及通式（TP2）中，Rtp1 ～Rtp11 、Rtp71 及Rtp72 的至少一個經通式（P）所表示的基取代； 通式（P）通式（P）中，L表示單鍵或二價的連結基，X1 自選自-SO3 - 、-COO- 、-PO4 - 、含有由下述通式（A1）所表示的結構的基及含有由下述通式（A2）所表示的結構的基中的至少一種中選擇； 通式（A1）通式（A1）中，R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -或-CO-； 通式（A2）通式（A2）中，R3 表示-SO2 -或-CO-；R4 及R5 分別獨立地表示-SO2 -、-CO-或-CN。The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein in the general formula (TP1) and the general formula (TP2), at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 11 , Rtp 71 and Rtp 72 has a general formula ( P) represented by a base substitution; general formula (P) In the formula (P), L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and X 1 is selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , and a structure represented by the following formula (A1) And a group comprising at least one of the groups represented by the following formula (A2); formula (A1) In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-; formula (A2) In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-; and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中所述重複單元A所具有的三芳基甲烷結構由下述通式（TP3）表示；通式（TP3）中，Rtp21 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基；Rtp22 分別獨立地表示碳數6～10的芳基，Rtp71 表示烷基或芳基；X表示陰離子，或者不存在X且Rtp21 、Rtp22 及Rtp71 的至少一個包含陰離子；Rtp21 、Rtp22 及Rtp71 的任一者表示與所述重複單元A的鍵結部位。The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the triarylmethane structure of the repeating unit A is represented by the following formula (TP3); In the formula (TP3), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and Rtp 71 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group; An anion is indicated, or X is absent and at least one of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 comprises an anion; any of Rtp 21 , Rtp 22 and Rtp 71 represents a bonding site with the repeating unit A. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中所述重複單元A由下述通式（TP3-1）表示；通式（TP3-1）中，Rtp21 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基，Rtp22 分別獨立地表示碳數6～10的芳基，Rtp71a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基；L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基，Rtp31 表示氫原子或甲基；X表示陰離子，或者不存在X且Rtp21 及Rtp22 的至少一個包含陰離子。The coloring composition according to Item 1 or 2, wherein the repeating unit A is represented by the following formula (TP3-1); In the formula (TP3-1), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, Rtp 22 each independently represents an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and Rtp 71a represents an alkyl group or a stretching group. An aryl group; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; X represents an anion, or X is absent and at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中所述重複單元A由下述通式（TP3-2）表示；通式（TP3-2）中，Rtp21 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基，Rtp24 分別獨立地表示碳數1～4的烷基，Rtp25 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～3的烷基，Rtp71a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基；Rtp31 表示氫原子或甲基；L1 表示單鍵或二價的連結基；X表示陰離子，或者不存在X且Rtp21 及Rtp22 的至少一個包含陰離子。The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the repeating unit A is represented by the following general formula (TP3-2); In the formula (TP3-2), Rtp 21 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and Rtp 24 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and Rtp 25 independently represents a hydrogen atom. Or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, Rtp 71a represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group; Rtp 31 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group; X represents an anion, or X is absent. And at least one of Rtp 21 and Rtp 22 contains an anion. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其中所述聚合物TP含有源自(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯醯胺的至少一種的重複單元。The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polymer TP contains at least one selected from the group consisting of (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid ester, and (meth)acrylamide. Repeat unit. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其包括選自呫噸化合物、二吡咯亞甲基系金屬錯化合物、二噁嗪化合物及酞菁化合物中的至少一種。The coloring composition according to claim 1 or 2, which comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of a xanthene compound, a dipyrromethene-based metal-substituted compound, a dioxazine compound, and a phthalocyanine compound. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其包括光聚合起始劑。The coloring composition of claim 1 or 2, which comprises a photopolymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其包括雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺鹽。The colored composition of claim 1 or 2, which comprises a bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfinium salt. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物，其用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, which is used for forming a coloring layer of a color filter. 一種硬化膜，其是使如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物硬化而形成。A cured film formed by curing a colored composition according to the first or second aspect of the patent application. 一種彩色濾光片，其包括如申請專利範圍第18項所述的硬化膜。A color filter comprising the cured film of claim 18 of the patent application. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法，其包括： 使用如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物來形成著色組成物層的步驟； 將所述著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟；以及 將所述著色組成物層的未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。A method of producing a color filter, comprising: a step of forming a colored composition layer using the colored composition according to claim 1 or 2; exposing the colored composition layer to a pattern And a step of developing the colored pattern by developing and removing the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法，其包括： 使用如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物來形成著色組成物層，並進行硬化而形成著色層的步驟； 於所述著色層上形成光阻劑層的步驟；藉由進行曝光及顯影來對所述光阻劑層進行圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟；以及 將所述抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對所述著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟。A method of producing a color filter, comprising: a step of forming a colored composition layer by using the colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, and hardening to form a colored layer; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and using the resist pattern as an etch mask The step of dry etching the colored layer. 一種固體攝像元件，其包括如申請專利範圍第19項所述的彩色濾光片。A solid-state image sensor comprising the color filter of claim 19. 一種圖像顯示裝置，其包括如申請專利範圍第19項所述的彩色濾光片。An image display device comprising the color filter according to claim 19 of the patent application. 一種聚合物，其包括由下述通式（TP-7）所表示的重複單元，所述聚合物的重量平均分子量為3000～500000，相對於所述聚合物的質量，具有三芳基甲烷結構的重量平均分子量為1500以下的化合物A的含量為20質量%以下；通式（TP-7）中，R1 分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1～6的烷基，R4 表示氫原子或甲基，R1a 表示伸烷基或伸芳基，L11 表示單鍵、或碳數1～30的二價的連結基；L12 及L13 表示單鍵、或碳數1～30的二價的連結基；R2 表示碳數1～10的烴基；R3 表示交聯性基；X表示含有雙(磺醯基)醯亞胺陰離子、三(磺醯基)甲基化物陰離子或磺酸根陰離子的化合物；a～d為重複單元的質量比，a及d表示超過0的數，b及c分別獨立地表示0以上的數。A polymer comprising a repeating unit represented by the following formula (TP-7) having a weight average molecular weight of from 3,000 to 500,000, having a triarylmethane structure relative to the mass of the polymer The content of the compound A having a weight average molecular weight of 1,500 or less is 20% by mass or less; In the formula (TP-7), R 1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 1a represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group, and L 11 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; L 12 and L 13 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; and R 2 represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; 3 represents a crosslinkable group; X represents a compound containing a bis(sulfonyl) quinone imine anion, a tris(sulfonyl) methide anion or a sulfonate anion; a to d are mass ratios of repeating units, a and d represents a number exceeding 0, and b and c each independently represent a number of 0 or more.
TW105105754A 2015-02-27 2016-02-26 Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer TWI739735B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015-039538 2015-02-27
JP2015039538 2015-02-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201634592A true TW201634592A (en) 2016-10-01
TWI739735B TWI739735B (en) 2021-09-21

Family

ID=56789051

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105105754A TWI739735B (en) 2015-02-27 2016-02-26 Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6461304B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101957754B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI739735B (en)
WO (1) WO2016136936A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI770283B (en) * 2017-09-26 2022-07-11 日商東麗股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element provided with cured film, organic EL display device provided with cured film, manufacturing method of cured film, and manufacturing method of organic EL display device

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102309662B1 (en) * 2018-09-04 2021-10-06 주식회사 엘지화학 Colorant composition, photoresist, color filter and display device
KR102349707B1 (en) * 2018-09-06 2022-01-10 주식회사 엘지화학 Compound, colorant composition, photoresist, color filter and display device
CN114127634A (en) 2019-07-25 2022-03-01 富士胶片株式会社 Colored composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8138123B2 (en) 2006-01-27 2012-03-20 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Gene expressing analysis tool
JP5551124B2 (en) * 2011-07-29 2014-07-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored curable composition, colored cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, body imaging device, and image display device
JP5852830B2 (en) * 2011-09-28 2016-02-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, method for producing the same, and solid-state imaging device
JP2013073104A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-04-22 Fujifilm Corp Color composition, color pattern, color filter, manufacturing method thereof, pattern formation method, solid state image sensor, and image display device
KR101466147B1 (en) 2011-12-05 2014-11-27 제일모직 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition for color filter and color filter using the same
JP5934664B2 (en) * 2012-03-19 2016-06-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, colored pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
CN104204105B (en) * 2012-03-29 2016-12-07 三菱化学株式会社 Triarylmethane compounds, colored resin composition, light filter, liquid crystal indicator and organic EL display
JP6459477B2 (en) * 2013-12-25 2019-01-30 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, and display element

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI770283B (en) * 2017-09-26 2022-07-11 日商東麗股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, element provided with cured film, organic EL display device provided with cured film, manufacturing method of cured film, and manufacturing method of organic EL display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20170107488A (en) 2017-09-25
KR101957754B1 (en) 2019-03-14
JP6461304B2 (en) 2019-01-30
TWI739735B (en) 2021-09-21
WO2016136936A1 (en) 2016-09-01
JPWO2016136936A1 (en) 2018-02-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI644990B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image element, image display device and colored compound
TWI666514B (en) Colored curable resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display device, compound and cation
TWI646159B (en) Colored curable composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor, image display device and triarylmethane compound
TWI639657B (en) Colored composition, photosensitive colored composition, color filter and method of producing the same, solid state image sensor, image display device, monomer, and polymer
TWI630239B (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and method for manufacturing the same, liquid crystal display device, organic electroluminance device, solid state imaging device and phthalocyanine compound
TWI529485B (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and method of producing color filter, and solid-state image sensor
TW201542703A (en) Colored curable resin composition
TWI634162B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device
KR20150112807A (en) Colored curable composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
TW201634592A (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, manufacturing method for color filter, solid state imaging element, image display device and polymer
US10875950B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer
TWI501971B (en) Color composition, color filter and production method thereof, liquid crystal display apparatus, solid-state imaging device, and dipyrromethene metal complex compound and tautomer thereof
TW201319741A (en) Colored curable composition, color filter and method of producing the same, display apparatus, and solid-state imaging device
TWI746456B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and polymer